Sei sulla pagina 1di 738

!

This publication includes updated information, added


since it was first published in December 2015. Please check
the first page within each chapter for further details.
Last updated 14/06/2017
Contents

Introduction C01

Technical performance C02

Steel encasements C03

Partitions C04

Specialist partitions C05

Floors and ceilings C06

Linings C07

Finishes C08

Sound absorbing solutions C09

Products C10

Glossary and index C11


Contents
Welcome to the 12th edition
of the British Gypsum White Book

The construction industry is evolving in response to changing regulations,


greater focus on efficient and sustainable construction as well as the total cost
throughout the buildings life cycle. As the industry continues to change, one
thing remains constant; you can rely on British Gypsums expertise and system
performance, whatever your needs, whatever your project.

We are focused on being the best building material supplier in the UK, as defined
by you. This can only be achieved by delivering the highest level of customer
satisfaction through quality solutions that meet the needs of even the toughest
requirements. We have an ambitious innovation programme delivering real
design, construction and end user benefits. We will support you in creating better
spaces to live, work and play. Therefore, you will find both new and innovative
products and services in this guide.

First published in 1972, The White Book is recognised as a reliable source of information for anyone specifying
partition, wall lining and ceiling systems within the construction industry.
It is a comprehensive guide to finding solutions using British Gypsum products and systems.

We also provide you, and your clients, total peace of mind and confidence in the specification
of our systems, with our SpecSure lifetime system warranty, backed up by UKAS accredited test data.

To make sure you can access the most up-to-date specification information and new product development,
The White Book is also available to view or download in sections and full copy formatcompletely free of
charge from british-gypsum.com.

You can also access the perfect specification solution for your needs through our White Book System Selector.
It enables you to filter by a variety of performance requirements, such as fire and acoustics, and be presented
with a relevant solution for the job. It is available on our website and will allow you to find and download all
related documentation, including Building Information Modelling (BIM Revit) data and computer-aided design
drawings (.dwg).

Can I take this opportunity to thank all of our customers who have had an input into the development of
The White Book. We hope you find it useful in creating spaces of the future, and it becomes your reliable
companion in the years ahead.

Lee Lambley
Technical Advice Centre Manager
Within this specification guide, the new navigation will help Included in this guide
unlock our range of solutions for creating interior spaces. are links to videos,
To assist you with the use of this guide we have: indicated by this symbol

Created tabs and new page ordering to get to sections quickly.


This starts with the chapter (CO1), followed by the section
number (SO1), and finally the page number (PO1)
Ordered the systems in line with specification and
construction phases
Removed duplication of construction details by creating
standard GypWall construction details to be read in
conjunction with system specific construction details
Given additional design guidance across all potential Please download the
solutions, including helpful hints to help you find alternative British Gypsum Literature
Companion app first from
solutions, which may provide a better outcome
british-gypsum.com/apps
Provided comprehensive cross-referencing throughout,
including performance matrices to help you find solutions
quickly that meet your performance criteria
C01
!
This section includes updated information, added since it was first
published in December 2015.
Last updated 16/12/2016

CO1

Introduction
Introduction

C01
Scan the image with this frame
British Gypsum for more information and
videos related to this service
Or visit gyp.sm/b/ks

Thistle Magnetic Plaster is another new product where we


concentrated on the use of the space, and involved the end
users considerably in its development. It was specifically
designed following an extensive period of research around
the needs of the homeowner, hence the reason that
the product addresses the desire that people want to
personalise their homes.

We have numerous systems and products in development


at any one time. To find out more about those we have
recently launched, please visit the British Gypsum website:
british-gypsum.com

Additional information
Weve built a business with five major
UK manufacturing sites, six Technical
We develop and provide effective solutions that meet Academies, research, development and
the ever-changing needs of the industry, whilst providing testing facilities that rank amongst
benefits for both the construction industry and the end the best in Europe, a technical support
user. We are constantly looking at future needs and are infrastructure that leads the industry and
already developing a new generation of products and a network of 3,500 stockists to ensure
systems that will help you in the way you create spaces. national product availability. Whats more
we are part of Saint-Gobain, a global
We care passionately about our products and systems. We operation serving customers in more than
also care about the people who specify, install and live with 50 countries.
them, and we go out of our way to develop new ideas that
will improve specifier, installer and end user experiences,
working with them throughout the development cycle.

For over a century, weve led the market in


high-performance internal partitioning systems -
providing plaster, plasterboard, drylining and ceiling
solutions which have shaped modern interiors, a fact of
which we are very proud.

Innovation throughout our business


Our approach to innovation is built on the premise that our
products must provide meaningful benefits to customers,
from the installer through to the end user. We use a test,
learn and iterate approach, which underpins our whole
process. We therefore have a dedicated insight and
innovation team who immerse themselves in the lives of
our customers. This brings an understanding of the issues
customers face and how our new product development and
system improvements can deliver real solutions.

Two years ago the issue of airtightness was very much at


the forefront of our customers minds, and particularly
air quality. The ACTIVair range of products was developed
to address real concerns, particularly within health and
educational buildings. We worked with clients and main
contractors to demonstrate that real improvements can be
obtained from simply incorporating these products within
the internal fabric of the building.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C01. S01. P02


Back to Contents Page
Introduction
C01

Our offer to you

When you work with British Gypsum you get a commitment to superior quality and service.
As a specifier of our systems, we will support you with technical advice, to help guide you
to the best solution for your design. We also train installers to up-skill them when they are
on site fitting the systems you specify. Whatever your business needs, were sure we have a
service to support you.

Technical Advice Centre


Whatever technical enquiry you have, were here to ensure
you receive the best possible advice.
Important information
Whether yours is one of the thousands of
All of our advisors are fully trained on legislation, system enquiries a month to our technical advice
and product performance, and can help you with your line, or you need on-site support or full
questions, whether small or complex. You can obtain advice off-site training, we will support you all
on a range of topics, i.e. acoustic, fire, structural, thermal, the way.
moisture and sustainability requirements. Through this
combination of specialist knowledge, the understanding
of the principles of construction and the interfaces within
a construction project, our technical specialists can offer Customer Experience Team feedback line
guidance on British Gypsum products and systems, Our Customer Experience Team feedback line is there for
providing solutions to meet all of your specification needs. you to leave your views and suggestions about our systems
and services on our free 24-hour feedback line. Please feel
We continuously monitor our calls and survey our free to use the service.
customers to ensure that our service offering meets the Tel: 0800 298 7208
high standards of customer satisfaction you expect from Email: customer.experience@bpb.com
our Technical Advice Centre.

If you have any technical enquiries we are open Monday


to Friday, 08:30 to 17:00. You can contact our team via the
telephone or by email below:

Tel: 0115 945 6123


Email: bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com

Handy hint
For our White Book System Selector go
online at british-gypsum.com/selector

C01. S01. P03 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Introduction

C01
Scan the image with this frame
Our offer to you (continued) for more information and
videos related to this service
Or visit gyp.sm/b/ku

Saint-Gobain Technical Academies


Every year we help thousands of new and existing
customers to develop their plastering, system building,
drylining and product specification skills. This ensures the
quality of your specification, and our products and systems,
when installed on site.

The Saint-Gobain Technical Academies provide the most


comprehensive training support package in the industry.
Our specialist teams of technical experts and training
personnel will provide all the support you need including
training on and assisting site installation and beyond.

British Gypsum has been pioneering training for 50 years,


equipping customers and our own employees with the
latest industry knowledge and skills. We have invested in
opening a further two training academies, totalling six
across the UK, making our industry recognised training easy
and accessible to everyone.

With NVQ accreditation and ConstructionSkills recognition,


we help to train around 5,000 professionals each year
aiding them to gain specialist knowledge in all aspects of
plastering and drylining.

If youd like to see how we could help you further, or for


more detailed information about British Gypsum training
courses, please contact the Saint-Gobain Technical Academy.
Tel: 0844 561 8810
Email: technical.academy@saint-gobain.com

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C01. S01. P04


Back to Contents Page
Introduction
C01

The highest quality components

We know how important it is that the systems you choose provide the best possible solution
for the space you wish to create. This is the reason why our solutions are driven by your
requirements, involving customers throughout the development process, so that when we
launch a new solution we know it meets your needs.

GypWall systems Thistle plaster products

Our systems comprise only of the highest quality Our world leading range of Thistle undercoat and finish
components, designed to work together to deliver the level plasters are unmatched for quality, consistency, workability
of performance required. They have been tested to meet and on-the-wall performance. Our innovation has driven
our rigorous performance and quality standards, ensuring functionality into the plaster range; you can maintain a
peace of mind. All our systems are covered by SpecSure more robust finish with products such as Thistle DuraFinish,
when using genuine British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain improve the buildings air quality with Thistle PureFinish
Isover products. containing ACTIVair technology and create interactive
spaces with Thistle Magnetic Plaster.

Gyproc plasterboard products Gypframe metal products

Our Gyproc plasterboard products have been developed Gypframe metal products provide the backbone for all
over more than 100 years, providing proven lining solutions British Gypsum systems and are the modern, engineered
that help British Gypsum systems meet the fire, thermal, alternative to traditional timber and masonry construction,
acoustic, moisture, impact, sustainability and lifetime meeting the highest performance requirements. The range
performance demands of any building. It is the widest of metal studs, channels, angles, brackets and associated
range of high quality plasterboards on the market for components is the widest and highest range of quality
walls, ceilings, floors, partitions and encasements. As an metals system components in the industry. It is also
additional service, for major projects, Gyproc plasterboards designed using the unique UltraSTEEL process, which
can be supplied in bespoke lengths and we offer products gives the components greater strength, makes fixing easier
with optimised pallet weights to support increased and improves screw retention and pull-out by up to 20%.
installation speed and reduced carbon footprint and waste In essence when you specify our full systems with
on site. Gypframe metal components, we will guarantee them for
a lifetime.
Refer to SpecSure on C01. S01. P07 for further
information.

C01. S01. P05 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Introduction

C01
The highest quality components (continued)

Glasroc specialist boards Laboratory testing

Our specialist boards are designed to offer outstanding


performance in key areas such as fire performance and
resistance against water and impact. These boards can
be used for high performance applications in commercial,
industrial and residential buildings, as well as within the
off-site sector.

Glasroc F specialist boards provide the basis for specialised


fire resistance and steel protection systems for a range of
buildings. Rigidur h has high impact resistance and superior The Building Test Centres UKAS approved testing
fixing strength and is also available in large formats for laboratories are the best equipped and most advanced
off-site manufacturers. drywall testing facilities in Europe. Here more than 10,000
tests and substantiation reports underpin the performance
Ceiling products of drylining products and systems across the industry and
are the basis of our SpecSure lifetime system warranty.

The Building Test Centre houses comprehensive fire,


acoustic and structural test facilities, and have been
developed specifically for testing partitions, ceilings
and other drywall structures to British, European and
international test standards.

In addition to the quality of the testing facilities,


many features of the laboratories, such as the six metre
The ceiling areas are normally the largest expanse
fire test furnace, full BS 5234 duty testing suite are
available to be able to create an impact within a space. The
unique. It ensures that British Gypsum systems are the
British Gypsum acoustic ceiling range combines exciting
most comprehensively and accurately tested systems
aesthetic design with excellent performance. Our tiles,
on the market.
planks and boards, combined with our suspended metal
framing systems, bring design back to performance ceilings.
Site testing
Building on gypsums unique fire resistant properties we
can offer you systems with enhanced acoustic, moisture As well as comprehensive laboratory testing, we need to be
and impact resistant performance for the most demanding sure that our systems not only perform to standards on site,
ceiling projects - providing unique solutions for buildings, but meet the installers needs for speed and simplicity of
from schools to offices, from healthcare to high-rise installation.
multi-occupancy and retail to residential developments.
Testing and proving on-site is therefore an integral part
Testing of the development process for every new
British Gypsum system or system enhancement. A close
British Gypsum pioneered the introduction of lightweight,
working partnership with the UKs leading drywall and
fast track building solutions in the UK. It has had a
plastering contractors, housebuilders and major clients,
huge impact on the residential and commercial built
enable us to carry out comprehensive site trials on our
environment. Through extensive test programmes and
products and systems prior to launch.
on-site system development we have been able to create
solutions that meet even the most rigorous British and
With backup support from the Building Test Centres
European test standards.
specialised acoustic mobile testing teams, we can then be
sure that the claimed system performance can be achieved
in even the most demanding site environments.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C01. S01. P06


Back to Contents Page
06
Introduction
C01

SpecSure lifetime system warranty

Our promise: Solutions that will last a lifetime.

Our plaster and drylining solutions have generations of experience and technical know-how
built-in. We use only the highest quality components, developed and tested to work together
to deliver specified performance. Thats why we offer our systems with a unique SpecSure
lifetime system warranty, guaranteeing you and your customers total peace of mind. This
warranty promises that the systems you have chosen will meet the most rigorous of building
requirements.

Systems Our components

Plasters with world leading quality, consistency and


performance
SpecSure is our
Plasterboards that have led the market for generations
assurance to you that
Metal fixing systems that provide unique high strength
the systems you specify: and are easy and quick to install
Specialist boards with extra performance for key areas,
for example fire and impact resistance
Are guaranteed for the lifetime of their
performance Ceiling products for eye-catching design and stunning
performance
Comprise only the highest quality
components, designed to work
individually and together, to deliver the To qualify for SpecSure
specified level of performance
Specify and install British Gypsum systems in line with
Have the technical expertise and the recommendations in the current British Gypsum
experience of the UKs leading drywall White Book, available to download from
specialists behind it british-gypsum.com
Have been tested at UKAS approved The systems must comprise only genuine branded
fire, acoustic and structural test British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover components,
laboratories tried and tested over many decades in some of the UKs
Have been site tested to demonstrate most prestigious buildings.
installation integrity and simplicity
We cannot guarantee that the use of other manufacturers
Will be supported as required at components will meet our rigorous performance and quality standards
when installed in our tested systems.
every stage of the project by the UKs
leading on and off-site technical
support personnel For further information on SpecSure lifetime system
warranty, please contact our Technical Advice Centre on
Will perform to published parameters 0115 945 6123, or email bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com
throughout the life of the system Alternatively visit british-gypsum.com
Will be repaired or replaced by
British Gypsum in the unlikely event
of system failure attributed to
unsatisfactory products / system
performance Mike Chaldecott
Managing Director

C01. S01. P07 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Introduction

C01
Environmental consideration

Sustainable solutions
Environmental
For British Gypsum, managing sustainability is not a
new idea; it is how weve always done business and will
We were the first UK plaster and plasterboard company
underpin how we meet the challenges of the future.
to gain ISO 14001, and use the standard for managing key
areas like compliance, energy management, water usage
Sustainability is a challenge we embrace. It enables us
and waste reduction across our business. We played a key
to balance our responsibilities, not only to specifiers and
role in developing the Ashdown Agreement; an initiative
installers, but to all of our customers, suppliers, employees
which is helping to reduce landfilled waste across the
and the communities in which we work and live.
construction industry.
We recognise that manufacturing and construction is often
Key facts
perceived as making heavy demands on the environment.
We have committed to minimise our impact on valuable First UK manufacturer to achieve zero plasterboard
natural resources, striving to provide products and systems waste to landfill
that enable customers to build in a more sustainable and
First UK manufacturer to gain ISO 14001 certification
responsible way.
across all sites

We ensure that our solutions dont just meet your First UK gypsum manufacturer to achieve products
needs today, but also meet all of our needs tomorrow. certified Excellent to BES 6001 Responsible Sourcing of
Sustainability is an important issue and we are keen to Construction Products
meet it head-on by making responsible decisions. The way More than 55,000 hours employee and customer training
we manage our business and care for our employees is as last year
important to our future as the way in which we care for the
environment.
Did you know?
Sustainable development relies on the balancing of social,
economic and environmental objectives. In any given
More than 150 of our trailers are
construction project it is vital that these three pillars are
now teardrop shaped and we are
considered in order to deliver a sustainable solution.
introducing even more measures in
the future to reduce carbon footprint.
By investing in our fleet, we have
Social reduced emissions by 5% in the last
18 months.
Our people are our business. We ensure a safe, healthy
workplace, give them respect and nurture their talents
to take our business forward. We train for leadership Refer to C02. S01. P51 for further information.
and build on employee knowledge through a 10-stage
Technical Development Program at our Saint-Gobain
Technical Academy.

Economic

We work hard to ensure our business remains viable.


We work closely with our supply chain to source
materials responsibly and sustainably, driving issues such
as Health and Safety and responsible business
management throughout our supply base. Our Responsible
Sourcing Strategy means our plasters and UK manufactured
plaster boards qualify for extra credits in leading
environmental schemes.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C01. S01. P08


Back to Contents Page
08
Introduction
C01

Scan the image with this frame


Responsible sourcing for more information and
videos related to this service
Or visit gyp.sm/b/kw

The supply chain plays an integral part in sustainability performance. We are therefore
committed to acting responsibly in our dealings with our customers and, since 2007, have
implemented a strategy to ensure our suppliers do the same.

Our strategy covers three areas:

Health and Safety


Health and Safety must be as important to our suppliers
as it is to us. We work closely with our suppliers and
carry out SUSA (Safe And Unsafe Acts) and SMAT (Senior
Management Audit Tool) audits to help them establish their
own Health and Safety culture.

Environment
As we do, our suppliers must care for the environment, from
the way they adhere to legal requirements, to the way they
source their raw materials and deliver their products. Our
procurement team carry out monitoring and measuring
programs with EMAT (Environmental Management Audit Tool)
audits with our suppliers to understand, evaluate and reduce
their impact on both the global and local environment.

Material stewardship
It is important, for our own future, and that of our
customers, that our suppliers act responsibly and
pro-actively in the ownership and management of their
own businesses and products.
Our strategy is based on the framework recommended as
sustainable best practice by Government. We set objectives and
targets, implement programs of work and review our systems to
ensure that we sustain progress in each of these areas.

Important information
British Gypsum is the first manufacturer
in the industry to achieve a BES 6001
Excellent rating for its plaster,
plasterboard and metal partition systems.
UK manufactured Gyproc plasterboards,
Glasroc specialist boards, Thistle plasters,
Gypframe metal and Gyproc Cove have all
been awarded the highest possible rating
to BES 6001.

Achieving BES 6001 Excellent means that


certified products will achieve Tier Two
under MAT 03 in BREEAM 2011, providing
3.5 of a maximum 4 points. It also means
that all certified products are Tier One
under MAT 2 for Code for Sustainable
Homes, making it easier for customers
to achieve a higher number of points
towards credits at no additional cost.

C01. S01. P09 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Introduction

C01
Life Cycle Assessments (LCA)

We want to make the selection of sustainable solutions simpler for our customers. In order to
do this we have begun developing Life Cycle Assessments (LCA) for our product ranges.

In December 2013 we published our first five Environmental The way in which the potentially complex raw material
Product Declarations (EPD). The independently verified transport and multiple production site issues have been
EPD, which are the result of the Life Cycle Assessment dealt with, display clear LCA thinking. The clear presentation
(LCA) process, are designed to give users information on of results and calculations is also commended.
the environmental performance of our products across Dr Andrew Norton
numerous impact categories. Renuables, EPD Verifier

Across the construction industry there are many claims The EPD results also enable us to understand at which
made regarding the environmental performance of stage our products have the greatest impact on the
products, and as such, it can be hard for specifiers to get a environment. We can therefore make better informed
genuine picture of how sustainable a solution really is. As decisions on processes involved in the production of current
EPD are based on clearly defined rules, they give an indicator and new products, as well as taking steps to minimise the
of performance that is reliable and transparent. environmental impact of our products across their lifecycle.
Heidi Barnard EPD also provide clear evidence for environmental building
Sustainability Leader certification schemes, meeting credit requirements in
BREEAM, for example.
The underlying LCA considers the entire life cycle of a
product solution from cradle-to-grave. As part of the The first eight completed EPDs were for
assessment, a comprehensive range of factors are 12.5mm Gyproc WallBoard, 12.5mm Gyproc FireLine,
considered, including the potential environmental effects 12.5mm Gyproc Moisture Resistant, 15mm Gyproc DuraLine
of raw materials, the manufacturing process, logistics, 15mm Gyproc SoundBloc, 15mm Glasroc F firecase,
installation, performance in use and finally the product at 6mm Glasroc F multiboard and 12.5mm Glasroc H tilebacker
the end of its life. EPD include information on raw material but this is just the beginning of the journey. We are
use, energy use and efficiency, content of materials and developing further EPD for our solutions and these will be
chemical substances, emissions to air, soil and water rolled out in due course.
and waste generation this enables our customers to Rachel Morris
understand the full environmental impacts of the product LCA Analyst
ranges being selected.

Manufacturing
Raw Materials

Logistics

Recycling

Installation
End-of-life

Building lifetime

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C01. S01. P10


Back to Contents Page
10
Introduction
C01

Waste management

The total cost of waste is a lot higher than the cost of Our market leading service provides major benefits for the
removal. As a result, British Gypsum works closely with construction industry. It helps to manage site waste more
customers to eliminate and reduce waste before it enters effectively and improve site Health and Safety.
onto site.
Our PRS removes and recycles site plasterboard waste
Eliminate: Best practice design assistance at specification into new board. It then provides comprehensive data to
stage, ensuring systems are value engineered and enable tracking of waste, project by project, and identifies
developed to best suit on-site situations. and addresses waste hot spots. It is a valuable tool to help
drive down the cost of waste management and ease the
Reduce: Designing out waste in specifications, using implementation of statutory environmental obligations.
bespoke board sizes and metal, on-site technical support
and developing new building practices.
What can we recycle?
Reuse: Toolbox talks on best practice use of board types and
sizes; making off-cuts easy to use on site. New-build British Gypsum waste and
scrap from new products only.
Recycle: Our plasterboard recycling service offers the We accept all British Gypsum
collection of all British Gypsum plasterboard, cove, plasterboard, including Rigidur H,
gypsum-based ceiling tiles and glass-reinforced gypsum DUPLEX grade board1 and thermal
from site. laminates1
Artex Decorative Plaster Mouldings
Plasterboard Recycling Service (PRS) (DPM / Gyproc Cove)
We lead the UK drywall industry in recycling plasterboard Gypsum based ceiling tiles, except
waste, a fact were very proud of. It reduces the pressure Gyprex
on landfill and preserves gypsum reserves. We are the Unmixed Gyproc DriWall Adhesive
only gypsum based company with dedicated plasterboard
recycling facilities. The average recycled content of our All unmixed Thistle plasters except
plasterboard in 2013 was 93.64%. We have also sent zero Thistle DriCoat
gypsum waste to landfill since April 2010. Specialist board products

We have heavily invested to expand the ability of our


service, which significantly reduces waste handling costs
and saves precious raw materials.
1 Plasterboard waste produced
on your construction site is
stored in dedicated waste
bags, dump bins or skips
supplied by British Gypsum.

6 Well also send you a detailed


analysis of the waste you have
produced allowing you to 2 Well collect your
assess the performance of each plasterboard waste direct
of your sites. from your building site
and keep track of the waste
produced by each site.

5 The approved raw material is used


to make a variety of products at our
dedicated manufacturing plants
ready to be delivered to construction
projects around the country.
3 The gypsum core is then
separated from the paper lining
and any other waste materials
ready for recycling.

The gypsum core is blended with


2
1
Off cuts only. natural gypsum or DSG . The resulting
raw material is then tested for
De-Sulpharised Gypsum (DSG) or synthetic gypsum is produced at
4
2
quality before re-entering the
coal-fired power stations in a process known as desulpharisation. manufacturing process.

C01. S01. P11 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Introduction

C01
High performance solutions for off-site applications

We offer a range of off-site solutions for commercial and Gyproc SoundBloc f


residential developments; from our robust and mechanically
strong Rigidur h board available in standard sizes and XXL
sheets up to 6m x 2.5m for whole-wall panels, to
Glasroc H tilebacker, a specialist board designed for use
in areas subject to continued moisture and humidity.
Our Gyproc SoundBloc f offers improved acoustic and re
performance to internal lining applications, and our products
containing ACTIVair technology improve indoor air quality
by absorbing formaldehyde and converting it into inert
compounds to prevent re-emission at a later date.
Rigidur h Glasroc F firecase / Glasroc F multiboard

Glasroc H tilebacker ACTIVair technology

For more details about our complete off-site solutions range


covering products and systems, technical services
and plasterboard recycling to Timber Frame, Closed Panel,
SIPS, Modular and Pods, please visit our website.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C01. S01. P12


Back to Contents Page
Introduction
C01

Scan the image with this frame


Building Information Modelling (BIM) and The White Book for more information and
videos related to this service
Or visit gyp.sm/b/l0

To integrate BIM into The White Book we have designed an online tool to help streamline
the specification process for you. The White Book System Selector allows you to search
and filter through tested British Gypsum plaster and drylining solutions to select the right
specifications.

The White Book System Selector Tool, enables you to filter


by a variety of performance requirements, such as fire and
acoustics, and be presented with a relevant solution.

Building Information Modelling (BIM) Revit data, CAD


drawings (.dwg), National Building Specification (NBS)
clauses and product and system information are then
available to download for the chosen solutions. This allows
you to retrieve important information in a few easy steps.

By making specification information available for the full


range of solutions, we aim to help you to explore the key
physical and functional characteristics of systems at the
click of a button. The BIM data files also feature product and
system performance information, which can streamline the
design, build and maintenance process to save the building
user time and money.

Handy hint
Use the new White Book System Selector
to simplify the specification process, making
it quick and easy to access solutions
appropriate for any given project youre
working on.
Refer to british-gypsum.com

C01. S01. P13 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
performance
Technical
!
This section includes updated information, added since it was first
published in December 2015.
Last updated 14/06/2017

C02
CO2

Technical performance

C02. S01. Pi
Technical
performance

Technical performance and principles of system design


This section provides guidance on the technical performance and
principles of system design. Reference is made to relevant regulatory
C02

requirements and International Standard Organisation (ISO), European


(EN) and British (BS) standards. It considers the various aspects of
performance, both from a building theory and practical perspective
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Introduction

Fire ( Refer to C02. S01. P03) Thermal insulation and condensation ( Refer to
C02. S01. P40)

C02
Fire performance includes fire resistance, fire protection and
reaction to fire, which are relevant for compartmentation, Thermal comfort within a building is primarily dictated
structural steelwork and surface spread of flame by the thermal insulation (heat loss), airtightness, heating
respectively. British Standard (BS) fire testing is acceptable regime and ventilation, together with appropriate vapour
for compliance with Building Regulations but it is control to reduce risk of condensation. Carbon dioxide
important to recognise the difference between European performance and fabric energy efficiency are measures used
Standard (EN) and BS, as a more onerous, higher level of to optimise the performance of a building.
fire engineering is required to comply with EN fire testing
compared to BS. Indoor air quality ( Refer to C02. S01. P49)
Pollutants not only exist in the indoor air of a building
Building acoustics ( Refer to C02. S01. P08)
at handover stage but can increase during building use.
Building acoustics includes both sound insulation (airborne Removing pollutants from indoor air significantly improves
and impact) and sound absorption. A key design aspect the air quality, which in turns has a positive effect on the
is how the drylined building element interacts with the users of the building with particular regards to their health
associated structure. If this is ignored, the performance of and awareness. ACTIVair technology absorbs formaldehyde
the element can be completely nullified. The key factors and then converts it into inert compounds to prevent re-
that are covered include gap sealing, why it is preferable to emission ata later date. This technology has been proven
take the partition through to the structural soffit, and why to reduce the concentration of formaldehyde in as much as
it is important to design out flanking sound transmission. 70 percent, with a lifetime of up to 50 years1.Throughout
this book, we have highlighted our products which contain
Robustness ( Refer to C02. S01. P26) ACTIVair technology, an innovation which can
help you to tackle this issue.
Consideration needs to be given to the robustness of
Look out for the ACTIVair logo.
drylining systems, particularly if required to resist crowd
pressure, impacts and abrasions and wind loading. The
Sustainability ( Refer to C02. S01. P51)
stiffness of a partition is critical to this and is therefore
considered when determining the recommended Commitment to sustainability and minimising impacts
maximum height. on valuable natural resources is fundamental to our
policies and is recognised in many ways, for example,
Service installations ( Refer to C02. S01. P32) the achievement of ISO 14001 and BES 6001 third party
certification. Use of our products and systems not only
Drylining elements need to be fully compatible with
gives sustainable assurances but can also assist designers
building services such as electrical, plumbing, heating and
in meeting specific criteria within a number of different
ventilation etc. This means that service installation should
environmental and sustainability standards and schemes
be fully assessed at the design stage to ensure that the
e.g. BREEAM, SKA and LEED.
layout of the services is compatible with the ceiling module
or location of stud work. Furthermore, the weight of
fixtures and fittings must be considered at the design stage 1 Formaldehyde reduction is based on experimental data following ISO16000-
to ensure that the appropriate system with correct detailing 23 standards from 0.4m2 to 1.4m2 installed/m3 room. Lifetime is based
on a calculation assuming constant Formaldehyde reduction with indoor
is specified.
formaldehyde concentration of 25g/m3 for ceiling, drywall or combined
drywall and ceiling configurations.

0844 800 1991 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P02


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Fire

Legislation, guidance and insurance industry. It also gives guidance regarding how fire protection
measures can be used to augment passive protection.
C02

Building Regulations Fire safety


Fire protection for structural steel in buildings, ASFP
Building Regulations Approved Document B (AD B) and
Yellow Book
Technical Handbook (Fire - section 2) are a series of
approved documents that provide practical guidance Publication prepared by the members of the Association
on meeting the fire safety requirements of the Building for Specialist Fire Protection (ASFP). Presenting the theory
Regulations 2000 (England and Wales) and Building behind, and methods for, fire protection of structural
(Scotland) Regulations 2004 respectively. steelwork to comply with Building Regulations. It provides a
comprehensive guide to proprietary materials and systems,
The documents are divided into two parts, AD B Volume all of which are manufactured, marketed or applied on site
1 and Technical Handbook Domestic (Fire - section 2) by members of ASFP.
covers dwelling houses and AD B Volume 2 and Technical
Handbook Non-Domestic (Fire - section 2) covers buildings Principles of fire performance
other than dwelling houses.
Fire growth
The documents classify the use of a building into purpose
The choice of materials for walls and ceilings can
groups and specify minimum periods of fire resistance to
significantly affect the spread of fire and its rate of growth,
be achieved by the building elements. The periods of fire
even though they are not likely to be the materials first
resistance vary according to the use and the size of building.
ignited. The specification of linings is particularly important
The greater the fire hazard a building presents, then the
in circulation spaces where surfaces may offer the main
greater the period of fire resistance required to protect the
means by which fire spreads, and where rapid spread is
elements within the building. The materials used to form
most likely to prevent occupants from escaping.
the internal surfaces of the building are also controlled to
reduce the risk of fire growth and internal fire spread.
Two properties of lining materials that influence fire
spread are:
Healthcare buildings
The rate of flame spread over the surface when it is
Hospitals and healthcare environments by their very nature
subject to intense radiant heating
contain people who are at risk from fire. Health Technical
Memorandum (HTM) 05 series (England and Wales) and The rate at which the lining material gives off heat
Scottish Health Technical Memorandum (SHTM) 81 series when burning
documents cover the fire safety design of healthcare
facilities. These documents provide guidance on the Compartmentation
standards of fire safety expected in healthcare facilities and The spread of fire within a building can be restricted by
include recommendations on internal fire spread, elements sub-dividing it into compartments separated from one
of structure, compartmentation, fire hazard areas, hospital another by walls and/or floors of fire resisting construction.
streets, penetrations, protected shafts, ceiling membranes,
cavity barriers and fire-stopping. The two key objectives are:
To prevent rapid fire spread, which could trap occupants
Educational buildings
within the building
The design of fire safety in schools is covered by Building
To reduce the chance of fires becoming large, which are
Bulletin 100 (England and Wales) and Fire Safety in Schools
more dangerous - not only to occupants and fire service
(Scotland). The respective Building Regulations will typically
personnel, but also to people in the vicinity of the
be satisfied where the safety guidance in these documents
building
is followed.

The appropriate degree of sub-division depends on:


Loss Prevention Council (LPC) Design Guide for the
Protection of Buildings Commercial and Industrial The use and fire loading of the building, which affects
the potential for fires and their severity, as well as the
Provides guidance on the general principles of passive fire
ease of evacuation
protection - contribution to fire growth, fire resistance,
compartmentation and external fire spread. It also provides The height to the floor of the top storey in the building,
guidance on active fire protection such as sprinklers and which is an indication of the ease of evacuation and the
fire alarms. It presents insurers with standards of fire ability of the fire service to intervene effectively
protection for industrial and commercial buildings. It is
intended to assist building designers and other professional
advisors in reconciling the provisions of national legislation
standards with the recommendations of the insurance

C02. S01. P03 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Fire (continued)

Structural fire precautions Structural behaviour of steel in fire


Premature failure of the structure can be prevented by fire Steel generally begins to lose strength at temperatures

C02
protecting loadbearing elements. above 300C and eventually melts at about 1500C.
Importantly for design, the greatest rate of strength loss is
The purpose in providing the structure with fire in the range of 400C to 600C.
resistance is:
Using fire design codes such as the Structural Eurocodes
To minimise the risk to the occupants, some of whom
EC3-1.2 and EC4-1.2 (designated BS EN 1993-1-2: 2005 and
may have to remain in the building for some time
BS EN 1994-1-2: 2005), the load on the structure at the time
(particularly if the building is a large one), while
of the fire can be calculated by treating it as an accidental
evacuation proceeds
limit state. If used, this will allow designers to specify to the
To reduce the risk to fire fighters engaged on search and fire protection contractor a limiting or failure temperature
rescue operations for a given structural section. The fire protection contractor
To reduce the danger to people in the vicinity of the will then be able to use the required thickness of material
building who may be hurt by falling debris, or because of to ensure that the steel section does not exceed this
the impact of the collapsing structure on other buildings temperature within the fire resistance period. This process
could be simplified by the designer specifying a maximum
Fire limit state steel temperature, based on the worst case, for all beams or
columns on one floor level.
In structural design terms, fire is considered to be an
accidental limit state, i.e. an accidental occurrence, and one
Buildings that are not primarily used for storage,
for which the structure must not collapse. Loads and their
e.g. offices, residential units, schools and hospitals, have
factors of safety used in design at the fire limit state reflect
a high percentage of non-permanent loads. For this type
the low probability of occurrence.
of building, the structural Eurocode BS EN 1991-1-1: 2002
assumes that a proportion of the design load will not be
Typically, structural members that are designed to be fully
present at the time of the fire. Other types of buildings, such
stressed under normal conditions would be subject to a load
as warehouses and libraries, are primarily used for storage,
ratio of 0.5 to 0.6 under fire conditions. Within this book,
so a high percentage of the load is permanent. The codes
loadbearing floors and partitions are quoted with respect to
allow for no reduction in design load for the fire condition.
a stated load ratio. Many constructions have been tested at
a conservative load ratio of 1.0 (100%) despite the fire state
The fire testing standards effectively base the failure criteria
being an accidental load.
for loadbearing elements on strength. However, beams
should be designed at the fire state limit as well at in the
Structural behaviour of timber in fire
cold state limit.
Timber has a low thermal expansion coefficient, which
minimises the possibility of protective layers and charred Columns are frequently designed so that a single length
materials becoming displaced. It also has a low thermal will be two or three storeys high. The lowest storey will
conductivity, which means that undamaged timber be loaded; the highest and the upper storey will be lightly
immediately below the charred layer retains its strength. loaded. In buildings with a degree of non-permanent load
Generally, it may be assumed that timber will char at a (in terms of duration and magnitude), the load ratio of the
constant rate when subjected to the standard heating structural members is unlikely to be greater than 0.6. In
conditions of the test furnace. The rate of reduction in the storage buildings, where the majority of load is permanent,
size of structural timber can be taken as 15mm to 25mm the load ratio would normally be higher, but is unlikely to be
(depending on species) in 30 minutes for each face exposed; greater than 0.65.
different rates apply where all faces are exposed. The
undamaged timber can be assessed for structural stability In C03. S01. P02 - Steelwork encasement systems, the
using standard design guides in conjunction with stress thicknesses of protection required are specified for design
modification factors. temperatures of 550C, unless otherwise stated. It is the
responsibility of the design engineer, using design codes
For partitions tested with high load ratios it should be such as BS EN 1993-1-2: 2005, to specify the appropriate
noted that when the timber is exposed to fire, the exposed limiting steel temperatures.
face will shrink causing differential thermal movement.
This can be important for axially loaded sections, as it The loss of strength of cold-formed steel at elevated
introduces a degree of eccentricity, which may cause a loss temperatures exceeds that of hot-rolled steel by between
of loadbearing capacity. 10% and 20%. Expert advice should be sought in
determining the strength reduction factor at the limiting
temperature.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P04


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Fire (continued)

Why gypsum is so effective in fire EN fire resistance test standards


The Construction Products Regulation (CPR) within
C02

Our plasters, plasterboards and specialist boards provide European legislation is designed to enable free trade across
good fire protection due to the unique behaviour of gypsum Europe in construction products. To enable free trade,
in fire. When gypsum-protected building elements are harmonised test standards for technical performance are
exposed to fire, dehydration by heat (calcination) occurs at required. The area of technical performance most affected
the exposed surface and proceeds gradually through the by this requirement is fire performance.
gypsum layer.
Fire resistance methods used across Europe were similar
Calcined gypsum on the exposed faces adheres tenaciously but the severity of furnaces varied due to factors such
to uncalcined material, retarding further calcination which as different fuel sources and furnace geometry. To
slows as the thickness of calcined material increases. improve consistency between different furnaces, plate
While this continues, materials adjacent to the unexposed thermometers were introduced to measure the heat flux to
side will not exceed 100C, below the temperature at which samples are exposed. The use of plate thermometers
which most materials will ignite, and far below the critical means the EN fire resistance test can be more severe,
temperatures for structural components. Once the gypsum especially during the first 30 minutes of exposure than
layer is fully calcined, the residue acts as an insulating layer BS fire resistance tests.
while it remains intact.
EN fire resistance test standard also imposes strict rules
Gypsum products are excellent performers in terms of governing the use of tests to cover specific end use
reaction to fire, as the endothermic hydration reaction scenarios (field of application). This restricted field of
requires energy to be taken from the fire, so gypsum is a application has most effect on partitions that are built with
negative calorific contributor. heights above 4m, as they may need to have enhanced
levels of fire protection.
Fire resistance test standards
To claim up to 3m, the partition has to be tested at a height
Building Regulations and supporting documentation require of 3m in the fire resistance test. To claim up to 4m, the
elements of structure and other building elements to partition has to pass the test with a partition test height of
provide minimum periods of fire resistance, expressed in 3m and not deflect laterally by more than 100mm during
minutes, which are generally based on the occupancy and the test.
size of the building.
To claim above 4m, the partition has to undergo an
Fire resistance is defined in the ability of an element of engineering appraisal where the thermal bow and strength
building construction to withstand exposure to a standard loss of the steel studs are taken into account. This means
temperature / time and pressure regime without loss of its that the same partition may have different quoted heights
fire separating function or loadbearing function or both for at different fire resistance durations. The only alternative to
a given time (BS 476: Part 20: 1987). using an engineering appraisal is to conduct a test at the
height under consideration.
The fire separating function of a construction is defined as
the integrity and insulation performance. We have conducted an extensive series of EN fire resistance
tests on partitions with heights up to 6m. Data from these
Integrity is the ability of a separating element to resist
tests are used within the performance tables. Insulation
collapse, the occurrence of holes, gaps or cracks
materials, such as glass and stone mineral wool, can affect
through which flames and hot gases could pass and
the fire resistance of a partition. These materials can
sustained flaming on the unexposed face.
provide additional insulation / integrity performance but
Insulation is the ability of a separating element to can also increase the thermal bow of the partition and
restrict the temperature rise of the unexposed face to therefore reduce the partition height that can be claimed.
below specified levels. Consequently, within the performance tables, there are
Loadbearing function is the ability of the loadbearing instances where the partition height is reduced when a
element to support its test load without deflecting quilt is included within the cavity of the partition. It cannot
beyond specified limits. be assumed that adding a quilt to a partition specification
will not impact on its fire resistance.
Conformance with Building Regulations can be
demonstrated with test reports showing the system has
been tested in accordance with European (EN) or British
(BS) fire resistance test standards.

C02. S01. P05 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Fire (continued)

EN fire resistance and its application to British Gypsum BS 476: Part 21: 1987
systems Describes the specific equipment and procedures for

C02
determining the fire resistance of loadbearing elements.
The EN fire resistance periods claimed for systems in this
document are evaluated in accordance with the relevant
BS 476: Part 22: 1987
EN fire resistance test standards.
Describes the procedures for determining the fire resistance
of non-loadbearing elements.
BS EN 1364-1: 1999
Specifies a method for determining the fire resistance of
BS 476: Part 23: 1987
non-loadbearing walls.
Describes the specific equipment and procedures for
determining the contribution made by components to the
BS EN 1365-1: 2012
fire resistance of structures.
Specifies a method for determining the fire resistance of
loadbearing walls.
Reaction to fire test standards
BS EN 1365-2: 2000
Specifies a method for determining the fire resistance of Reaction to fire is the measurement of how a product will
loadbearing floors and roofs. contribute to the development and spread of a fire.

BS EN 1364-2: 1999 The choice of materials for walls and ceilings can be of
Specifies a method for determining the fire resistance of critical importance when designing a building especially
non-loadbearing ceilings. in spaces which occupants will use when escaping from a
potential fire.
BS EN 13381-4: 2013
Test methods for determining the contribution to the fire EN reaction to fire
resistance of structural members: Applied protection to The European Classification System (Euroclass), devised for
steel members. the classification of reaction to fire, has been introduced as
part of the ongoing harmonisation of European standards.
ENV 13381-2: 2002 Reaction to fire has traditionally been assessed using at
Test methods for determining the contribution to the least 30 different national standards across Europe. The
fire resistance of structural members. Vertical protective Euroclass system includes tests designed to better evaluate
membranes. the reaction of building products to fire.

BS fire resistance test standards The Euroclass system predicts the performance of building
As both EN and BS fire resistance standards are acceptable materials in a real fire more accurately than the British
for showing compliance with Building Regulations, this book Standard classification system.
shows tables for systems tested in accordance with both
EN and BS standards. The Euroclass test methodology is built around the Single
Burning Item (SBI) test method (BS EN 13823: 2010), which
Unlike the EN test standards the BS test standards do not is an intermediate scale test to evaluate the rate of fire
impose restrictions with respect to maximum partition growth from a waste paper basket fire positioned in the
height. Within the BS 476: Part 22 testing regime, the corner of a room.
partition height in the fire state is not considered, and if
a partition passes the fire test at 3m it is deemed to be Other tests used in the classification system are the
suitable in fire resistance terms for any possible heights. non-combustibility test (BS EN ISO 1182: 2010), heat of
Under the BS system, the cold state height would be the combustion test (BS EN ISO 1716: 2010) and direct flame
maximum height claimed regardless of the fire duration impingement test (BS EN ISO 11925-2: 2010).
required.
The overall reaction to fire performance of a construction
BS fire resistance and its application to British Gypsum product or building element is presented in a classification
systems report in accordance with BS EN 13501-1: 2007. This
report uses the results from the relevant test methods and
The BS fire resistance periods claimed for systems in this
determines the Euroclass category rating for the product.
document are evaluated in accordance with the relevant
BS fire resistance test standards.
Gypsum products are intrinsically fire safe products and
generally fall into the higher Euroclass classifications.
BS 476: Part 20: 1987
Plasterboard is subject to a classification without further
Describes the general procedures and equipment required
test decision. This means that any type of plasterboard can
to determine the fire resistance of elements of construction.
be classified as A2, so long as the paper grammage of the

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P06


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Fire (continued)

liner does not exceed 220g/m and the core of the board composite products) when tested to the standard below,
is classified as A1 (non-combustible). Any plasterboard are classified Class 1, 2, 3 or 4. Class 1 provides the greatest
C02

product with a paper liner in excess of this grammage is resistance to surface spread of flame:
required to be tested.
BS 476: Part 7: 1997 Surface spread of flame tests for
All our plasterboard products manufactured in accordance materials.
with BS EN 520: 2004 are designated Euroclass A2. All our
Glasroc products manufactured in accordance with The exposed surfaces of our plasterboards and specialist
BS EN 15283-1: 2008 are designated Euroclass A1. boards are all designated Class 1.

BS reaction to fire Fire propagation


The British Standard classification system determines the Investigations concerned with the growth of fires in
reaction to fire performance of a product based upon the buildings show that the surface spread of flame test does
performance in the fire tests BS 476 Parts 4, 6, 7, and 11. not measure all the properties that are relevant for placing
These fire test methods are material tests and measure combustible materials in the proper order of hazard.
the characteristics of the surface of the material, whereas Such considerations led to the test which is described in
the EN tests are measurements of the performance of the BS 476: Part 6: 1989 Method of test for fire propagation
construction product in an arrangement representative of for products. This test takes into account the amount and
end use. rate of heat evolved by a specimen whilst subjected to a
specified heating regime in a small furnace. The standard
To help provide maximum fire safety in buildings, certain describes the method of calculating the results to obtain
building elements need to be constructed of indices of performance, which help to determine the
non-combustible materials. A building material is suitability of combustible wall and ceiling lining materials
designated as non-combustible if it satisfies performance when used in areas requiring maximum safety.
criteria when tested in accordance with:
Class 0
BS 476: Part 4: 1970 (1984) Non-combustibility test for In addition to the degree to which combustible materials
materials. used as wall and ceiling linings can contribute to the
BS 476: Part 11: 1982 (1988) Method for assessing the heat spread of flame over their surfaces, consideration must
emission from building materials. also be given to the amount and rate of heat evolved by
these materials when used in areas requiring maximum
Glasroc boards are designated as non-combustible safety. Building Regulations, by means of associated
materials. documentation, make provisions that wall and ceiling
surfaces must be Class 0 in circulation spaces (which are
Some construction products can be described as materials often escape routes) and in other specific situations.
of limited combustibility provided they satisfy the following
requirements: In Approved Document B (AD B), a Class 0 material is
defined as either:
(a) Any non-combustible material (listed in Approved
Document B (AD B), Table A6). (a) composed throughout of materials of limited
combustibility (this term includes non-combustible
(b) Any material of density 300kg/m or more, which does
materials)
not flame or cause a 20C temperature rise when tested to
BS 476: Part 11. or
(c) Any material with a non-combustible core at least 8mm (b) a Class 1 material that has a fire propagation index (I)
thick having combustible facings (on one or both sides) not of not more than 12 and a sub-index (i1) of not more
more than 0.5mm thick. Where a flame spread rating is than 6.
specified, these materials must also meet the appropriate
test requirements. For further information, please refer to Approved Document
B (AD B) .The exposed plasterboard surfaces of Gyproc and
Gyproc plasterboards are all designated materials of limited British Gypsum specialist boards are designated Class 0 in
combustibility. accordance with AD B.

Surface spread of flame Although Class 0 is the highest performance classification


for lining materials, it is not a classification identified in any
Flame spread over wall and ceiling surfaces is controlled
British Standard.
by providing materials that are either non-combustible or
materials of limited combustibility. Combustible materials
(or certain materials of limited combustibility that are

C02. S01. P07 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics

Principles of building acoustics The Building Regulation requirements regarding the


sound insulation of walls and partitions only relate to the

C02
Building acoustics is the science of controlling noise in transmission of airborne sounds. These include speech,
buildings, including the minimisation of noise transmission musical instruments, loudspeakers and other sounds that
from one space to another, and the control of noise levels originate in the air. In most cases, floors must also resist the
and characteristics within a space. transmission of impact sounds, such as heavy footsteps and
the movement of furniture.
Noise can be defined as sound that is undesirable, but
it can be subjective and depends on the reactions of the Indirect paths (flanking transmission)
individual. When a noise is troublesome, it can reduce Flanking sound is defined as sound from a source room that
comfort and efficiency. If a person is subjected to noise for is not transmitted via the separating building element. It is
long periods, it can result in physical discomfort or mental transmitted indirectly via paths such as windows, external
distress. Within homes, a noisy neighbour can be one of walls and internal corridors. Refer to figure 1.
the main problems experienced in attached housing. Its
estimated that up to 4 million people in Britain have had It is imperative that flanking transmission is considered at
their lives disturbed by noisy neighbours. the design stage and construction detailing is specified so
as to eliminate or at least to minimise any downgrading
The best defence against noise is to ensure that proper of the acoustic performance. The sound insulation values
precautions are taken at the design stage and during quoted in system performance tables are laboratory values
construction of the building. The correct acoustic climate and the practicalities of construction will mean that
must be provided in each space, and noise transmission acoustic performances measured in the laboratory will be
levels should be compatible with the buildings usage. difficult to achieve on site.
Retrofitted remedial measures taken after occupation can
be expensive and inconvenient. One of the main reasons for this difference is the loss of
acoustic performance via flanking transmission paths. Good
The term building acoustics covers both sound insulation detailing at the design stage will minimise this effect and
and sound absorption. optimise the overall levels of acoustic privacy achieved.

Sound insulation If designing for residential units, design advice on flanking


details must be followed to maximise the possibility
Sound insulation is the term describing the reduction of of achieving the specified acoustic performance. It is
sound that passes between two spaces separated by a imperative that the design advice is followed, otherwise
dividing element. site sound insulation values may not meet the minimum
standards required by Building Regulations and expensive
In transmitting between two spaces, the sound energy may remedial treatment will be required.
pass through the dividing element (direct transmission)
and through the surrounding structure (indirect or Small openings such as gaps, cracks or holes will conduct
flanking transmission). When designing for optimum airborne sounds and can significantly reduce the
sound insulation, its important to consider both methods sound insulation of a construction. For optimum sound
of transmission. The walls or floors, which flank the insulation a construction must be airtight. Within masonry
dividing element, constitute the main paths for flanking construction, most gaps can be sealed at the finishing
transmission, but this can also occur at windows, doorways, stage using Gyproc Soundcoat Plus, Thistle plaster or
heating or ventilation ducts, for example. Gyproc jointing compounds. At the base of the partition,
gaps will occur, particularly when boards are lifted tight
The acoustic environment of the room and/or the building, to the ceiling. Small gaps or air paths can be sealed with
and the ability to reduce or eliminate air paths in the vicinity Gyproc Sealant.
of the sound reducing element, these include doorsets,
glazing, suspended ceiling cavities, ductwork, etc. will have a For more information on flanking details, please refer to
significant effect on its performance. For these reasons it is the British Gypsum sector guides, available to download
unlikely that figures quoted from laboratory test conditions from british-gypsum.com or visit the Robust Details website
will be achieved in practice. When the background noise robustdetails.com
is low, consideration may have to be given to a superior
standard of sound insulation performance in conjunction
with the adjoining flanking conditions.

In any existing sound insulation problem, it is essential to


identify the weakest parts of the composite construction.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P08


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

1
C02

External noise

Mechanical services noise

Internal noise

External noise

Mechanical
services noise

Common flanking paths

2 3

1 1

3
2 2

Deflection head A (subject to fire performance) Deflection head B (subject to fire performance)

1 Gyproc Sealant for optimum sound insulation 3 Gypframe GA4 Steel Angle to minimise loss of sound insulation
2 50mm timber head plate equivalent to channel width forming performance due to air leakage
fire-stop

C02. S01. P09 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

Acoustic performance of deflection head Partition to structural steelwork junctions


details When designing the layout of rooms requiring separation

C02
by sound insulating walls abutting structural steelwork,
Deflection heads, by definition, must be able to move and, consideration should be given to the potential loss of sound
therefore, achieving an airtight seal is very difficult without insulation performance through the steelwork.
incorporating sophisticated components and techniques.
Air leakage at the partition heads will have a detrimental Figures 4 to 7 are example details relating to a typical
effect on acoustic performance of any partition. scenario where a partition is specified against a
requirement of Rw 50dB. Although these details refer to
The approach shown in figure 2 could, for example, result in structural steel column abutments, similar principles apply
a loss of around 4dB to 5dB due to air leakage, in addition to when abutting structural steel beams. We recommend
any performance lost due to flanking transmission. that these details are checked by an Acoustic Consultant, in
particular the performance via the flanking structure.
Where acoustic performance is a key consideration, steps
can be taken to minimise this loss of performance. Sound by-passing a partition via the void above a
Figure 3 shows the generally accepted method of achieving suspended ceiling
this and, provided that care is taken to ensure a tight fit This is a common source of sound transmission, particularly
between the cloaking angle and lining board surface, the where the ceiling is absorbent to sound. Sound can easily
loss in performance can be reduced. travel through a perforated tile, or lightweight suspended
ceiling, and over the top of a partition where it abuts the
Other factors, such as flanking transmission through the underside of the suspended ceiling. Where sound insulation
structural soffit, can significantly affect the overall level of is important, partitions should, wherever possible, continue
sound insulation. Therefore, other measures may need to through the ceiling to the structural soffit, and be sealed
be taken. at the perimeter junctions. Gyproc plasterboard suspended
A suspended ceiling installed on both sides of the ceilings offer better insulation where partitions must stop
partition may provide a similar cloaking effect to that of at ceiling level to provide a continuous plenum. In this
steel angles instance, a cavity barrier can be incorporated above the
ceiling line.
CasoLine mf incorporating imperforate plasterboard can
deliver a similar reduction in air leakage at the partition
Figures 8 to 11 show the stages of sound insulation
head. A tight fit between the ceiling perimeter and the
improvement for typical ceiling/high performance partition
surface of the partition lining board is important,
junctions. The best result is achieved by running the
although mechanically fixed perimeters are not essential
partition through to the structural soffit.
Ceilings with recessed light fittings may be less effective
and if these cannot be sealed in some way, the installation
of cloaking angles at the partition head should be
considered. A suspended ceiling may also reduce the level of
sound flanking transmission via the soffit.

Where perforated ceilings are used, e.g. Gyptone, the


angles as shown in figure 3 are recommended. However, if
the distance between the ceiling and the deflection head
is greater than 200mm, and the ceiling plenum contains
Isover insulation (minimum 25mm), the angles may not be
required.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P10


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

4
C02

3
7
Rw 50dB Typically
Rw 25dB

Exposed / painted steel column

5
6

4
1

3
7
Rw 50dB Estimated
Potential Rw 50dB
flanking
sound
transmission

Encased steel column

1 Gyproc DuraLine 5 Structural steel


2 Gypframe AcouStud 6 Glasroc F firecase
3 Gypframe C Stud 7 Gyproc Sealant
4 Isover insulation

C02. S01. P11 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

C02
5
4
6

Rw 50dB 6
Estimated
Reduced risk Rw 50dB 1
of flanking
sound
transmission

Encased steel column with additional plasterboard lining

7
5
6
4

Rw 50dB

Estimated 1
Rw 50dB
subject to width
of encasement

Encased steel column with additional framing, insulation and plasterboard lining

1 Gyproc DuraLine 5 Structural steel


2 Gypframe AcouStud 6 Glasroc F firecase
3 Gypframe C Stud 7 Gyproc Sealant
4 Isover insulation

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P12


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

8 9
C02

Concealed grid lined with a single layer of plasterboard and Concealed grid lined with a double layer of plasterboard and
overlaid with insulation = 48dB overlaid with insulation = 49dB

10 11

Concealed grid lined with a double layer of plasterboard within Partition lining continued to the soffit enabling the full
each room and overlaid with insulation = 56dB potential of the partition to be achieved = 58dB

C02. S01. P13 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

Composite construction Table 2 Guide to sound insulation levels for speech privacy
A common mistake made when designing a building is to Sound insulation Speech privacy

C02
between rooms Rw 1
specify a high performance element and then incorporate
a lower performing element within it; for example, a door 25dB Normal speech can be overheard

within a partition. 30dB Loud speech can be heard clearly


35dB Loud speech can be distinguished under normal
Where the difference between insulation is relatively small conditions

(7dB or less), there needs to be a comparatively large area 40dB Loud speech can be heard but not distinguished
of the lower insulation element before the overall sound 45dB Loud speech can be heard faintly but not
insulation is significantly affected. However, where there is a distinguished
greater difference in sound insulation performance between > 50dB Loud speech can only be heard with great difficulty
the two elements, this would normally result in a greater 1 Refer to page 16 for explanations of Rw.
reduction of overall sound insulation performance.

For healthcare and educational environments, acoustic


Table 1 shows the acoustic effect various door types
privacy issues are covered in more detail within
have within a partition system. For example; if a poor
The White Book Health Sector Guide and
performance door is included within a partition, it does not
The White Book Education Sector Guide, available to
matter if the wall achieves 35dB or 50dB sound insulation,
download from british-gypsum.com
as the net performance will never be greater than 27dB. The
lowest performing element will always dominate the
When designing for residential buildings, the standards
overall performance.
of sound insulation given in table 2 are not adequate.
Table 1 The effect various door types have within a partition Reference should be made to the requirements of Building
system Regulations Approved Document E (in England and Wales)
Door construction Mean sound insulation of partition and The Building Standards Technical Handbook Section 5
alone (dB) (in Scotland). Further guidance is also given in HomeSpec,
25 30 35 40 45 50 The White Book Residential Sector Guide, available to
Mean sound insulation of partition with download from british-gypsum.com
doorways accounting for 7% of area (dB)
Poor performance door with 23 25 27 27 27 27 Ambient noise levels
large gaps around the edge
Along with acoustic privacy, the acceptable level of sound
Light door with edge sealing 24 28 30 32 32 32
within a room should be assessed. Factors that affect the
Heavy door with edge sealing 25 29 33 35 37 37
ambient noise level of a space are:
Double doors with a sound lock 25 30 35 40 44 49
The level of external noise

Acoustic privacy The level of sound insulation designed into the


surrounding structure
Two main factors affect the level of acoustic privacy
achieved when designing a building: The amount and type of sound absorbing surfaces within
the room
The sound insulation performance of the structure
separating the two spaces The noise generated by building services

The ambient background noise present within the Where control of ambient noise is critical, advice should be
receiving room sought from an Acoustic Consultant.

The ambient background noise level can be a useful tool For each room there might be a range of levels that are
when designing buildings, as it is possible to mask speech considered acceptable. The designer should select a level
from an adjacent space and hence provide enhanced speech appropriate for the particular circumstances.
confidentiality, for example a Doctors consultancy room
next to a waiting room. There are a number of commercially For this purpose there are a number of methods, including
available systems to achieve this. It is, however, more the Noise Rating (NR) system.
common to treat the problem by specifying appropriate
levels of sound insulation. A guide to sound insulation levels The NR system quantifies the level of noise present within
is given in table 2. a space, taking into account break-in of noise from the
adjacent areas, and also the background noise present
within the space from ventilation or other building services.
Table 3 gives the recommended maximum noise within
different activity spaces, using the NR system criteria.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P14


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

Table 3 Recommended maximum noise rating for various types By converting some of the sound energy into heat, sound
of room function absorbing materials will also help sound insulation because
less noise will be transmitted to other rooms. However,
C02

Situation NR 1 criteria
(dB) this reduction in noise is very small when compared with
Sound studios 15 the potential reduction due to sound insulation. Sound
absorption is therefore never a substitute for adequate
Concert halls, large theatres, opera houses 20
sound insulation.
Large auditoria, large conference rooms, TV studios, 25
hospital wards, private bedrooms, music practice rooms
Reverberant energy
Libraries, hotel rooms, courtrooms, churches, cinemas, 30
medium-sized conference rooms Reverberation is the persistence of sound in a particular
Classrooms, small conference rooms, open-plan offices, 35 space after the original sound is removed. A reverberation,
restaurants, public rooms, operating theatres, nightclubs or reverb, is created when a sound is produced in an
Sports halls, swimming pools, cafeteria, large shops 40 enclosed space causing a large number of echoes to build
circulation areas up and then slowly decay as the sound is absorbed by the
Workshops, commercial kitchens, factory interiors 45 walls, ceilings, floor and air. The length of this sound decay
1 Refer to Ambient noise levels section on the previous page for explanations of
is known as reverberation time and can be controlled using
NR. sound absorbing materials. The appropriate reverberation
time for a space will be dependent on the size and function
BS 8233:2014 gives guidance on sound insulation and noise of the space. Examples of typical reverberation times are
reduction in buildings. The standard includes a matrix that given in table 5.
can be used to determine the sound insulation requirement
of separating partitions once the noise activity, noise Table 5 Typical reverberation times
sensitivity and privacy requirements for each room and Type of room / activity Reverberation time
space are established. An example matrix, which can be (mid frequency)
adapted according to the specific building use, is given in Swimming pool <2.0 seconds
table 4. Each room may be both a source and a receiving Dance studio <1.2 seconds
room. Where adjacent rooms have different uses, the worst Large lecture theatre <1.0 seconds
case sound insulation should be specified.
Small lecture room <0.8 seconds
Primary school playroom <0.6 seconds
Table 4 Example on-site sound insulation matrix (DnT,w dB)
Classroom for hearing impaired <0.4 seconds
Privacy Activity noise Noise sensitivity of receiving rooms
of source
room
Speech clarity
Low Medium Sensitive
sensitivity sensitivity Speech clarity (intelligibility) is now recognised as essential
Confidential Very high 47 52 572 in helping pupils in an educational environment to achieve
High 47 47 52 their full potential. For further information please refer
Typical 47 47 47 to The White Book Education Sector Guide, available to
Low 42 42 47 download from british-gypsum.com
Moderate Very high 47 52 572
High 37 42 47 Research has shown that pupils who cannot understand
Typical 37 37 42
clearly what the teacher is saying have a tendency to switch
Low No rating No rating 37
off limiting their own educational opportunities and
Not private Very high 47 52 572
High 37 42 47
creating additional stress for teachers. In a typical classroom
Typical No rating 37 42 with the teacher at one end, sound reaches the pupils
Low No rating No rating 37 both directly from the teacher and via reflections from the
ceiling, walls and floor. Refer to figure 12.
2 DnT,w 55dB or greater is difficult to obtain on-site and room adjacencies
requiring these levels should be avoided wherever practical. Refer to page 16 for
explanations of DnT,w. Pupils at the front will generally be able to understand what
the teacher is saying, whilst pupils at the back and sides
Sound absorption of the room receive a mixture of both direct speech and
reflected sound, making it difficult to identify the teachers
Sound absorption is the term given to the loss of sound words.
energy on interaction with a surface. Sound absorbent
surfaces are used to provide the correct acoustic Reverberation time alone cannot be relied upon to deliver
environment within a room or space. The choice of material a suitable environment for good speech intelligibility. In
will be influenced by its acoustic efficiency, appearance, any situation where speech communication is critical,
durability and fire protection. e.g. conference room, lecture theatre or classroom, it is
necessary to design the space appropriately using a mixture
of sound reflective and sound absorbing surfaces.

C02. S01. P15 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

12

C02
Sound transmission in a typical classroom

Rating methods tables in this book present relevant sound insulation


values both in Rw terms but also in the Ctr adapted form.
Sound insulation rating methods This rating is expressed as Rw + Ctr and allows the Acoustic
Consultant to critically compare performances. The rating
The sound insulation rating methods that follow are defined
method mainly considers low frequency performance, and
in: BS EN ISO 717: Part 1: 2013 (airborne) and
has not been universally welcomed due to the difficulties in
BS EN ISO 717: Part 2: 2013 (impact).
measuring low frequency performance.

Rw
Consequently, within separating constructions,
This single figure rating method is used for laboratory
British Gypsum can offer enhanced specifications that meet
airborne sound insulation tests. The figure indicates the
the low frequency performance of the Ctr rating whilst also
amount of sound energy being stopped by a separating
offering good mid and high frequency sound insulation.
building element when tested in isolation in the absence of
any flanking paths.
Ln,w
This single figure rating method is used for laboratory
DnT,w
impact sound insulation tests on separating floors.
This single figure rating method gives the airborne sound
The figure indicates the amount of sound energy being
insulation performance between two adjacent rooms
transmitted through the floor tested in isolation, in
within a building as measured on site. The result achieved is
the absence of any flanking paths. With impact sound
affected not only by the separating element, but also by the
insulation, the lower the figure the better the performance.
surrounding structure and junction details.
LnT,w
Ctr
This single figure rating method gives the impact sound
The Ctr adaptation term is a correction that can be added to
insulation performance for floors. The figure indicates the
either the Rw (laboratory) or DnT,w (site) airborne rating.
sound insulation performance between two adjacent rooms
within a building as measured on site. The result achieved
The term has been adopted within Building Regulations
is affected not only by the separating floor but also by the
Approved Document E (England and Wales). The Ctr term
surrounding structure, e.g. flanking walls and associated
is used because it targets the low frequency performance
junction details.
of a building element and in particular the performance
achieved in the 100 - 315 Hz frequency range. This term was
originally developed to describe how a building element
would perform if subject to excessive low frequency sound
sources, such as traffic and railway noise. Performance

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P16


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

Dn,c,w (as defined in BS EN ISO 717-1:1997) Principles of lightweight construction


This single figure laboratory rating method is used for
evaluating the airborne sound insulation performance
C02

Typically the average sound insulation of a material forming


of suspended ceilings. Laboratory tests simulate the a solid partition is governed by its mass; the heavier the
room-to-room performance of the suspended ceiling when material, the greater its resistance to sound transmission.
a partition is built up to the underside of the ceiling with To increase the sound insulation of a solid partition by
sound transmitted via the plenum. approximately 4dB, the mass must be doubled. This is
known as the empirical mass law.
Sound absorption rating methods
The following ratings are calculated in accordance with For example; a 100mm solid block wall of average mass
BS EN ISO 11654: 1997. 100kg/m will have an approximate Rw value of 40dB,
whereas a 200mm solid wall of the same material would
Sound absorption coefficient, s have an Rw value of 44dB.
Individual sound absorption figures quoted in
one-third octave frequency bands are used within advanced Increasing mass is a very inefficient way of achieving
modelling techniques to accurately predict the acoustic sound insulation and one of the advantages of using
characteristics of a space. The coefficient ranges from 0 lightweight cavity partitions and walls is that better than
(total reflection) through to 1 (total absorption). predicted sound reduction values can be achieved. This
is why this construction is commonly used in auditoria,
Practical sound absorption coefficient, P e.g. GypWall audio. Lightweight systems versus the mass
A convenient octave-based expression of the sound law shows how lightweight systems consistently exceed
absorption coefficient; commonly used by Acoustic mass law predictions. This demonstrates that adding mass
Consultants when performing calculations of reverberation is not always the best method to satisfy acoustic design
times within a building space. requirements and that, lightweight systems, if correctly
designed, can provide very effective acoustic solutions.
Sound absorption rating, w Refer to figure 13.
A single figure rating used to describe the performance of a
material. The single figure rating can have a modifier added
to indicate if the spectral shape is dominated by a particular 13
frequency range 70 l 300mm GypWall audio

L - absorption is predominantly in the low frequency


l 148mm GypWall quiet sf
region 60
l 200mm GypWall classic
M - absorption is predominantly in the mid frequency
l 100mm GypWall classic
region 50
Sound reduction index

H - absorption is predominantly in the high frequency


40
region 75mm GypWall classic l

30
The absence of a letter following the rating indicates that
the absorber has no distinct area of sound absorption and
20
has an essentially flat spectral shape.

Noise Reduction Coefficient, NRC 10

Whilst the sound absorption performance of a ceiling


0
system can be expressed as an NRC, this does not always 0 1 5 10 50 100 500 1000
Mass of partition (kg/m2)
accurately reflect the product performance. An NRC value Empirical mass law

is the arithmetic mean of the absorption coefficients across Lightweight systems versus the mass law
a limited frequency range; this means that it will hide
extremes in performance. For instance, a ceiling tile may be
a very efficient absorber at high frequencies but very poor Acoustic performance is commonly expressed as a decibel
at low frequencies, and the NRC value will not reflect this. (dB) value. The logarithmic scale of decibels provides a
To optimise the room acoustics the more accurate sound simple way to cover a large range of values and show them
absorption rating, w, should be used. as a convenient number. Unfortunately the decibel scale can
create confusion especially when comparing
alternative systems as the difference in acoustic
performance can appear to be quite small. In reality an
increase of 6dB is equivalent to a doubling of the acoustic
performance of the system.

C02. S01. P17 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

A simple stud partition, for example, can have an Rw rating insulation performance of a single layer metal stud partition
of 6dB better than predicted by the mass law. In this case, is to add an additional layer of plasterboard to one, or both,
the maximum sound insulation obtainable will be governed sides. This will increase the sound insulation performance

C02
by the transmission of energy through the stud frame. The by approximately 6dB or 10dB respectively.
use of other frame types, or configurations, can result in
even better insulation. If Gyproc plasterboard or Acoustic benefits of applying Thistle MultiFinish to certain
British Gypsum specialist boards are fixed to a timber stud GypWall partition systems
frame using a flexible mounting system, such as
Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar, or a more flexible frame is Applying 2mm Thistle MultiFinish to both sides of certain
used, for example, Gypframe studs and channels, sound GypWall partitions has a positive effect on the sound
transmission through the framing is minimised and insulation performance. This is effective on partitions
performance significantly better than the mass law that are limited by their high frequency performance
prediction can be achieved. (coincidence region).

The use of two completely separate stud frames can The application of Thistle MultiFinish also adds mass to the
produce even better results. In this case, the maximum partition which has a positive effect on the mid-frequency
energy transmission is through the cavity between the of the spectrum.
plasterboard linings. The air in the cavity can be considered
as a spring connecting the linings, which allows the passage Figure 14 shows an example of a partition that will be
of energy. The spring will have some inherent damping, positively affected by skim finish using Thistle MultiFinish.
which can be significantly increased by the introduction of
a sound absorbing material, such as mineral wool, 14
positioned in the cavity. The increased damping of the 65
air-spring results in a reduced coupling between the 50
60
plasterboard linings and a consequent decrease in sound 55
transmission. Air-spring coupling becomes less significant
Sound reduction index

as the cavity width increases. In practice, cavities should


50
50

45
be as wide as possible to insulate against low frequency
sounds.
4040
35

Two important effects; resonance and coincidence, occur 30


30

25
in partitions and walls. These are governed by physical
properties such as density, thickness and bending stiffness, 20
20

15
and can result in a reduction in sound insulation at certain
10
frequencies. 50 Frequency, Hz 5,000

Skimmed partition
In lightweight cavity constructions, resonance and Unskimmed partition

coincidence effects can be decreased by the use of two or Acoustic benefits of applying Thistle MultiFinish to certain
more board layers. A simple way of increasing the sound GypWall partitions

Table 6 AD E sound insulation requirements (England and Wales)


Where applicable Minimum airborne Maximum impact Minimum airborne
sound insulation sound transmission sound transmission
DnT,w + Ctr (site test result) LnT,w (site test result) Rw (laboratory test result)
Separating walls between new homes 45dB - -
Separating walls between purpose-built rooms for 43dB - -
residential purposes
Separating walls between rooms created by a change of use 43dB - -
or conversion
Separating floors between new homes and purpose-built 45dB 62dB -
rooms for residential purposes
Separating floors between rooms created by a change of use 43dB 64dB -
or conversion
Internal wall without a door between a bathroom, or WC, and - - 40dB
a habitable room
Internal wall without a door between a bedroom and another - - 40dB
room within the dwelling
Internal floor - - 40dB

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P18


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

Refer to system sections within Partitions where systems Sound Absorption


positively affected by the application of Thistle MultiFinish Section E3 of AD E covers reverberation noise in the
are shown. Systems with additional performance will
C02

common internal parts of buildings containing flats or


show two acoustic figures in the tables - Sound insulation rooms for residential purposes. The regulations state that
performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster the common internal parts of buildings which contain flats
skim and sound insulation performance for partitions with or rooms for residential purposes shall be designed and
a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish. constructed in such a way as to prevent more reverberation
around the common parts than is reasonable.
Legislation and guidance
The regulations give two methods of calculating the
Building Regulations Approved Document E Residential amount of absorption required in any communal areas. The
Buildings two methods are referred to as Method A and Method B.
Approved Document E (AD E) gives guidance on how
to provide reasonable standards of sound insulation in AD E specifies sound absorption in terms of a class of
dwellings and other residential buildings. It covers both absorber. There are five classes (A through to E) with
new-build and refurbishment or conversion, and includes Class A signifying the products with the highest level of
minimum standards of performance. sound absorption. However, to comply with AD E using
method A, only class C or D is required. The values ascribed
The standards in table 6 have applied for all new-build to the different classes are given in table 7.
homes and purpose-built rooms for residential purposes
since July 2004. Table 7 Absorption class
Sound absorption class w
Complying with the regulations A 0.90, 0.95, 1.00
In England and Wales, housebuilders and residential B 0.80, 0.85
developers can follow one of two routes to demonstrate C 0.60, 0.65, 0.70, 0.75
compliance of separating walls and floors for new-build D 0.30, 0.35, 0.40, 0.45, 0.50, 0.55
houses and apartments: E 0.15, 0.20, 0.25
Using Robust Detail constructions Unclassified 0.00, 0.05, 0.10

Using manufacturers proprietary systems or AD E


Guidance Constructions and verifying by
For more information, refer to HomeSpec,
Pre-Completion Testing
The White Book Residential Sector Guide, available
to download from british-gypsum.com and Building
Robust Details
Regulations Approved Document E, section 7: Reverberation
To avoid Pre-Completion Testing for new-build houses in the common internal parts of buildings containing flats
and flats the Home Builders Federation (HBF) developed a or rooms for residential purposes.
series of Robust Details. These forms of construction have
been designed and site tested to ensure that they deliver a
The Building Standards - Scotland (Technical
standard of sound insulation on site to meet the minimum
requirements of AD E. The Building Regulations have Handbook Section 5)
been amended to allow Robust Details to be used as an
alternative to Pre-Completion Testing. AD E applies to England and Wales only. In Scotland,
Technical Handbook Section 5 is the approved document
If you are following the Robust Detail route, you must covering the resistance to the transmission of sound.
register each plot, with the details you intend to use, and
pay a fee. You will then be given a registration certificate to A new version of the Domestic Technical Handbook Section
hand to your building control authority before work starts. 5 was published in October 2010, which increased the
Robust Details Ltd administers the scheme. Further details standards of sound insulation. This was the first major
are available within HomeSpec, The White Book review of standards for more than 20 years. Its aim is to
Residential Sector Guide, available to download from limit sound transmission from differently occupied parts of
british-gypsum.com and from the Robust Details website a building, and from attached buildings, to a level that will
robustdetails.com not threaten the health of occupants.

If you are building to either the Code for Sustainable Homes, The standards overleaf in table 8 now apply in new build or
or EcoHomes, Robust Details may entitle you to additional converted homes and traditional buildings.
credits under the Health and Wellbeing category check the
Robust Details Handbook for the most up-to-date details.

C02. S01. P19 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

Table 8 Section 5 sound insulation requirements (Scotland)


Where applicable Minimum airborne Maximum impact Minimum airborne

C02
sound insulation sound transmission sound transmission
DnT,w (site test result) LnT,w (site test result) Rw (laboratory test result)
Separating walls between new homes, purpose-built rooms 56dB - -
for residential purposes and conversions (not including
traditional buildings1)
Separating walls between rooms created by a change of use 53dB - -
or conversion (traditional buildings1)
Separating floors between new homes, purpose-built rooms 56dB 56dB -
for residential purposes and conversions (not including
traditional buildings1)
Separating floors between rooms created by a change of use 53dB 58dB -
or conversion (traditional buildings1)
Internal wall forming a room in a dwelling, or a room in a - - 40dB
residential building, which is capable of being used for
sleeping
Internal floor forming a room in the dwelling, or a room in a resi- - - 43dB
dential building, which is capable of being used for sleeping

1 Definition of traditional buildings

A building or part of a building of a type constructed before or around 1919:


a) using construction techniques that were commonly in use before 1919; and
b) with permeable components, in a way that promotes the dissipation of moisture from the building fabric

Complying with the regulations Other constructions


Since January 2012, housebuilders and developers in These include manufacturers proprietary solutions
Scotland have been able to use one of three routes to and new, or innovative, constructions not considered to
comply with Section 5 performance standards of separating be Example Constructions. Again, the onus is on the
walls and floors for new build houses and apartments. housebuilder to demonstrate compliance by
Post-Completion Testing.
Using Robust Detail constructions
Using Example constructions and verifying by Post-Completion Testing
Post-Completion Testing
Post-Completion Testing is carried out when the building is
Using Other constructions and verifying by complete, with doors, access hatches and windows fitted.
Post-Completion Testing To achieve the required approval, homes should be tested as
below in table 9.
The Post-Completion Testing route, however, remains the
only means of compliance for purpose-built rooms for Table 9 Section 5 sound insulation requirements
residential purposes and conversions. Type of construction Number of attached Number of tests for
dwellings separating walls and
Robust Detail constructions floors
(flats or maisonettes)
Since 2012, certain Robust Detail (RD) constructions have New-build using 2-20 2
been permitted for use in new houses and apartments as Example Constructions 21-40 3
an alternative to Post-Completion Testing in Scotland. If you
Over 40 1 extra for every 20
are following the RD route, you must register each plot, with flats or maisonettes (or
details of the RD(s) you intend to use, and pay a fee. You part thereof)
will then be given a registration certificate to hand to your New-build using Other 2-10 2
building control authority before work starts. Constructions 11-20 3
21-30 4
Example constructions
Over 30 1 extra for every 10
These are constructions developed to repeatedly achieve flats or maisonettes (or
required design performance levels, if built correctly part thereof)

with correctly designed flanking details. Use of these


If a test fails due to the construction of the separating
constructions does not guarantee regulatory performance
floor or associated flanking elements, other untested
levels will be achieved, and the onus is therefore on the
rooms may be affected. This will result in additional testing
housebuilder to demonstrate compliance by
requirements, over and above those in the table above. It
Post-Completion Testing on site.
may be prudent to seek specialist advice to identify and
remedy any problems.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P20


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

The fundamental differences between Section 5 (Domestic) HTM 08-01 covers the acoustic design criteria that are
and AD E are as follows: important for healthcare premises and contains a method
of determining the level of sound insulation required
C02

Section 5 has an Rw 43dB requirement for mid-floors,


between adjacent spaces in a healthcare environment. The
which is also generally applicable for student
document also gives recommended reverberation times for
accommodation
various types of space.
Section 5 has no requirement for sound absorption in
common areas of the building. For more information refer to The White Book
Section 5 measures site performance by way of a DnT,w Health Sector Guide, available to download from
measure only, whereas AD E also uses a Ctr correction british-gypsum.com
factor.
Example construction and junction details are available BS 8233 Sound insulation and noise
in conjunction with Section 5. reduction for buildings

For more information refer to HomeSpec, BS 8233 provides guidance on acoustic ratings appropriate
The White Book Residential Sector Guide, available to to a variety of different building types. It is applicable
download from british-gypsum.com to the design of new buildings, or refurbished buildings
undergoing a change of use. It deals with control of noise
Building Bulletin 93: Acoustic design of from outside the building, noise from plant and services
within it, and room acoustics for non-critical situations.
schools
A full revision of the standard, launched in 2014, includes
Requirement E4 of the Building Regulations Approved
changes which reflect:
Document E states that each room or other space in a
school building shall be designed and constructed in such Legislative framework revision since publication of the
a way that it has the acoustic conditions and the 1999 edition
insulation against disturbance by noise appropriate to its Revisions to Building Regulations Approved Document E
intended use.
The publication of specialist documents for specific
sectors, such as healthcare and education
To satisfy this requirement, it is recommended that
buildings comply with the guidance given in Building The publication in England of the National Planning
Bulletin 93 (BB93) Acoustic design of schools, a design Policy Framework in March 2012, with the concurrent
guide. withdrawal of numerous individual planning guidance
and policy statement documents, including those
BB93 was written by the Department for Children, Schools specifically relating to noise
and Families (DCSF), formerly the Department for Education
A reappraisal of the tabular content with respect to
and Skills (DfES), and provides a regulatory framework for
setting targets for various classes of living space in the
the acoustic design of schools; including sound insulation
light of research findings
between spaces, ambient noise levels and optimum
reverberation times for various spaces within educational The need to transfer some of the more detailed
buildings. information from the main text to annexes
Requirements for offices
For more information refer to The White Book
Education Sector Guide, available to download from
Designing for on-site performance
british-gypsum.com
Achieving a DnT,w + Ctr performance on site
The Ctr rating method puts increased emphasis on the
Health and Technical Memorandum
low frequency region of the spectrum. For lightweight
HTM 08-01 Acoustics Healthcare Buildings construction this means a significant change in some of
the design principles. For partitions, the cavity should be as
Good acoustic design is fundamental to the quality of large as possible and double layers of plasterboard should
healthcare buildings. The control of unwanted noise be used.
improves patient privacy, dignity and sleep patterns; all key
conditions for healing. Good acoustic design also increases For masonry walls lined with lightweight panels, cavities
the morale and comfort of healthcare professionals. with a depth of less than 60mm should be avoided. Two
linings, with small, identical sized cavities either side of a
solid masonry wall, should not be specified. These cavities
can interact and cause a significant downgrade in the

C02. S01. P21 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

critical low frequency zone. If a small cavity is required, For purpose-built dwelling houses and flats requiring
one side only should be lined with a double layer of DnT,w + Ctr 45dB for separating walls, separating floors and
plasterboard. Optimum performance is achieved by lining stairs, we recommend specifications capable of achieving

C02
one side only and having a cavity depth of at least 85mm. Rw + Ctr 54dB.
Refer to C02. S01. P32 for more information on service voids.
For purpose-built rooms for residential purposes requiring
15 DnT,w + Ctr 43dB for separating walls, and DnT,w + Ctr 45dB for
separating floors and stairs, we recommend specifications
O Avoid OK Best
capable of achieving Rw + Ctr 52dB for separating walls, and
Rw + Ctr 54dB for separating floors and stairs.

For dwelling houses, flats and rooms for residential


purposes formed by material change of use requiring
DnT,w + Ctr 43dB for separating walls, separating floors and
stairs, we recommend the use of specifications that are
Matched cavities less If space restrictions Single cavity as capable of achieving Rw + Ctr 52dB. Refer to table 10 for more
than 60mm limit the cavity large as possible
(preferably greater
information.
to be avoided. size then install one
side only. Ensure than 85mm), lined
glass mineral wool with a double layer of
acoustic plasterboard
Achieving a DnT,w performance on site
is used in the cavity
and use a double and glass mineral wool
layer of plasterboard. included in
Similar to the principles of achieving a DnT,w + Ctr
the cavity. performance on site, a realistic safety margin should be
incorporated when designing to meet a DnT,w requirement,
Optimum design of panel linings for Ctr
to reduce the risk of failure. We recommend a safety
margin of + 7dB when comparing site performance, DnT,w to
To increase the sound insulation of new or existing laboratory performance, Rw.
masonry walls, GypLyner wall lining systems can be used in
conjunction with Isover insulation and Gyproc plasterboard. For example, to comply with Scottish Technical Handbook
The cavity depth of the GypLyner lining should be as large Section 5 in Scotland for a requirement of DnT,w 56dB, a
as possible, and small, identical sized cavities to either side system capable of achieving Rw 63dB under laboratory
of the wall should be avoided. conditions should be specified. Refer to table 11 for more
information.
For lightweight separating floors, partially de-coupling
the plasterboard ceiling from the floor structure, using Achieving a LnT,w performance on site
Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bars, helps to achieve the required A minimum reduction of 5dB is typical when comparing
performance. Floating floor treatments, for example timber site performance, LnT,w, to laboratory performance, Ln,w.
battens, should have a cavity depth of at least 70mm to However, when designing separating floors to reduce the
avoid low frequency resonance effects in the critical low risk of impact sound flanking transmission, in particular
frequency zone. Performance can be further enhanced by timber joist, the walking surface should be de-coupled
specifying Gyproc Plank within the walking surface. from the joists, for example using GypFloor silent or a
batten floating floor system. This is in addition to the
Floating floor and resilient bar ceiling systems should be de-coupling of the ceiling, using CasoLine mf ceiling or
tested in a UKAS laboratory to ensure good low Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar, for example.
frequency performance. The Robust Details handbook
outlines a benchmarking procedure for this purpose Therefore, in some cases the safety margin in the laboratory
(robustdetails.com) to support specification of such for timber joist separating floors is likely to be in the region
systems to meet the requirements for new-build residential of + 10dB, rather than the typical minimum + 5dB for
construction. concrete floors.

A method of determining the achievable site DnT,w + Ctr


performance is to refer to a laboratory Rw + Ctr rating.
Depending on the wall specification, a minimum drop
of 4dB is typical when comparing Rw + Ctr and DnT,w + Ctr.
However, we recommend that a safety margin of + 9dB
should be used to reduce the risk of failure to comply with
Building Regulations. This assumes all flanking paths are
appropriately detailed, ideal site lay-out exists and a high
quality of workmanship is applied.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P22


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

Table 10 Recommended laboratory performance to meet requirements of Building Regulations Approved Document E
(England and Wales)
C02

Where applicable Minimum airborne Recommended Maximum impact Recommended


sound insulation performance Rw + Ctr sound transmission performance
DnT,w + Ctr (site test (laboratory test result) LnT,w (site test result) Ln,w (laboratory test
result) result)
Separating walls between new homes 45dB 54dB - -
Separating walls between purpose-built rooms 43dB 52dB - -
for residential purposes
Separating walls between rooms created by a 43dB 52dB - -
change of use or conversion
Separating floors between new homes and 45dB 54dB 62dB 57dB - 52dB
purpose-built rooms for residential purposes (depending on
construction method)
Separating floors between rooms created by a 43dB 52dB 64dB 59dB - 54dB
change of use or conversion (depending on
construction method)

Table 11 Recommended laboratory performance to meet requirements of Technical Handbook Section 5 (Scotland)
Where applicable Minimum airborne Recommended Maximum impact Recommended
sound insulation performance Rw sound transmission performance
DnT,w (site test (laboratory test result) LnT,w (site test result) Ln,w (laboratory test
result) result)
Separating walls between new homes, 56dB 63dB - -
purpose-built rooms for residential purposes
and conversions (not including traditional
buildings1)
Separating walls between rooms created by a 53dB 60dB - -
change of use or conversion (traditional
buildings1)
Separating floors between new homes, 56dB 63dB 56dB 51dB - 46dB
purpose-built rooms for residential purposes (depending on
and conversions (not including traditional construction method)
buildings 1)
Separating floors between rooms created by a 53dB 60dB 58dB 53dB - 48dB
change of use or conversion (traditional (depending on
buildings1) construction method)

1 Definition of traditional buildings

A building or part of a building of a type constructed before or around 1919:


a) using construction techniques that were commonly in use before 1919; and
b) with permeable components, in a way that promotes the dissipation of moisture from the building fabric.

The key points for consideration when designing to meet If junctions are incorrectly detailed then the acoustic
any acoustic performance requirement are below: performance will be limited and Building Regulations
requirements will not be achieved in practice
Inappropriate detailing of flanking conditions can greatly
reduce the level of performance of the system from that Pre-Completion Testing exposes poor flanking details
achieved in the laboratory. Refer to figures 4-11 for more and inadequate separating wall and floor specifications.
information Good flanking detailing and specifications that provide a
reasonable margin of safety on site are therefore
For separating wall and floor constructions to be fully
essential
effective, care must be taken to correctly detail the
junctions between the separating wall or floor and For good practice detailing, please refer to the
associated elements such as external walls, other British Gypsum sector guides, available to download
separating elements and penetrations or door from british-gypsum.com
openings, etc.

C02. S01. P23 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Building acoustics (continued)

Examples of practical solutions Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar (ceilings)


Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar is an engineered metal

C02
Gypframe AcouStuds component used predominantly with lightweight
separating floors to de-couple the ceiling from the
Gypframe AcouStuds are metal stud sections optimised to
floor structure and thereby improve the airborne sound
give enhanced sound insulation performance. These unique
insulation performance of the separating floor.
shaped studs are used for increased acoustic performance.
Gypframe AcouStuds can be used to upgrade the acoustic
The value of this component is recognised in Robust Details,
performance of 70mm, 92mm and 146mm wall systems.
where all lightweight floor solutions feature resilient bars to
partially de-couple the ceiling from the floor structure.
Figure 16 shows the performance improvement possible
using acoustic stud technology compared with a standard
Figure 20 shows the substantial performance improvements
C stud of the same cavity dimension.
achievable for airborne sound insulation when Gypframe
RB1 Resilient Bar is utilised instead of a directly fixed ceiling.
GypWall staggered
GypWall staggered features staggered studs that are located Floating floor treatment
within a head and base channel by means of retaining
Floating floor treatments are used with both lightweight
clips. This arrangement means there is limited connection
and concrete separating floors to de-couple the walking
through the framework to the plasterboard face on the
surface from the floor structure and thereby improve both
opposite side of the partition. The system design enables a
the airborne and impact sound insulation performance of a
higher level of sound insulation to be achieved with modest
separating floor.
cavity sizes.

The value of this technique is recognised in Robust Details,


Figure 17 shows the improvements possible using a
and is currently featured in a number of separating
staggered stud arrangement compared to a standard
floor solutions.
GypWall classic C stud partition with the same partition
cavity size.
Sound insulating dry linings
GypWall quiet sf In designing for sound insulation, care should be taken
to ensure that flanking transmission via the associated
GypWall quiet sf utilises Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bars to
structure does not downgrade the performance of the
partially de-couple the plasterboard linings from the
partition or wall to a level below that required in use. This
partition stud frame, leading to enhanced levels of sound
applies especially when a lightweight partition or wall is
insulation.
constructed in a masonry building. Care should therefore be
taken to ensure the associated structure is able to achieve
Figure 18 shows the improvements possible when including
the level of sound insulation required.
Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar on one or both sides of a
standard Gypframe 70mm C Stud partition.
The performance of sound resisting floors of timber joist or
lightweight concrete construction, supported on or flanked
GypWall audio and GypWall quiet iwl
by conventionally finished masonry walls, can be adversely
The most acoustically effective wall designs are twin frame affected by flanking transmission in the walls. This effect
walls. Minimal or no bridging between the plasterboard can be significantly reduced by the application of
linings and the increased cavity size allows optimum a GypLyner wall lining system, to the flanking walls.
performance from the wall.
Lining treatments can also be beneficial in refurbishment
Figure 19 shows the difference achievable by using a work when applied to flanking walls of new or existing
twin framed wall approach as opposed to a standard sound resisting walls.
GypWall classic C stud partition. The plasterboard linings
Refer to C07. S01. P02 Linings introduction.
and insulation are the same for both partitions and the
key difference is the overall partition thickness typically
211mm for the standard partition and 300mm for the
twin framed option. With this type of design, further
improvements in performance can be achieved by
increasing the cavity size and/or increasing the board
specification.

0844 800 1991 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P24


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Building acoustics (continued)

16 17 75
70
C02

70
65

65
60

60
55

Sound reduction index


Sound reduction index

55
50

50
45

45
40

40
35

35
30
30
25
25
20
100 3150
100 3150 Frequency, Hz
Frequency, Hz
GypWall classic GypWall staggered
Gypframe C Stud Gypframe AcouStud

Acoustic benefits of Gypframe AcouStuds Acoustic benefits of staggered studs

18 19 85
75

80
70

75
65

70
Sound reduction index

60
Sound reduction index

65
55
60

50
55

45
50

40 45

35 40

30 35
100 3150 100 3150
Frequency, Hz
Frequency, Hz

Gypframe C Studs, no bar Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar both sides 211mm GypWall classic 300mm GypWall audio

Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar one side

Acoustic benefits of resilient bars (partition) Acoustic benefits of twin stud framework

20
65

60

55

50
Sound reduction index

45

40

35

30

25

20

15
100 3150
Frequency, Hz

Direct fix ceiling

Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bar ceiling

Airborne sound insulation benefit of resilient bars (ceiling)

C02. S01. P25 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Robustness

Legislation and guidance Principles of robust design

C02
BS 5234: 1992 - Partition (including matching linings)
Partition Duty Ratings
BS 5234 comprises two parts - Part 1 code of practice for
All our partition systems have a Duty Rating established
the design and installation, and Part 2 Specification for
in accordance with all the full requirements of BS 5234.
performance requirements for strength and robustness
This rating relates to the strength and robustness
including methods of test in relation to end-use categories.
characteristics of the partition system against specific
The standard covers performance aspects such as stiffness,
end-use applications. Table 13 gives details of the four duty
crowd pressure, impact resistance, anchorages and door
categories.
slamming resistance.
A series of tests are used to assess the resistance to damage,
BS 6399-1: Part 1:1996 - Loading for buildings:- Code of
both aesthetic and structural, from a range of impacts and
practice for dead and imposed loads
load applications.
This code of practice gives dead and minimum
recommended imposed loads for use in designing buildings. The tests are conducted at the maximum height for the
Whilst our GypWall partition systems are non-loadbearing, partition system. BS 5234 itself does not have a method
they are able to provide resistance to levels of horizontal for establishing an acceptable maximum height, and the
uniformly distributed loads (UDL) applied at a height of partition height must be established using a separate
1.1m as detailed within this standard for parapets, barriers method. It is suggested within BS 5234 that the crowd
and balustrades, etc. Refer to examples in table 12. pressure test may be suitable for evaluating heights up to
4200mm, but we would strongly advise against using this
inconsistent approach and would never rely solely on
BS EN 13964: 2014 - Suspended ceiling - Requirements and
BS 5234 for evaluating heights, especially above 4200mm.
test methods
Includes performance requirements for ceiling tiles and
suspended ceiling grid systems (concealed and exposed).
The standard covers issues such as the load span
performance of grids.

Table 12 BS 6399-1 Loading for buildings:- Code of practice for dead and imposed loads
British Gypsum GypWall partitions comprising double layer 12.5mm Gyproc plasterboard or specialist board each side
Gypframe AcouStuds at 600mm centres 146 AS 50 146 AS 50 92 AS 50 92 AS 50 70 AS 50 70 AS 50
Gypframe Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel 148 EDC 80 148 EDC 80 94 EDC 70 94 EDC 70 72 EDC 80 72 EDC 80
Partition height 7.8m 6m 5.8m 4.9m 4.7m 3.1m
Maximum horizontal UDL as per BS 6399-1, 1.5 kN/m 3 kN/m 0.74 kN/m 1.5 kN/m 0.74 kN/m 1.5 kN/m
applied at a height of 1.1m

Table 13 BS 5234 Duty Ratings


Partition Duty Rating Category Examples
Light Adjacent space only accessible to persons with high Domestic accommodation
incentive to exercise care. Small chance of accident
occurring or misuse.
Medium Adjacent space moderately used, primarily by persons Office accommodation
with some incentive to exercise care. Some chance of
accident occurring or misuse.
Heavy Adjacent space frequently used by the public and others Public circulation areas, industrial areas
with little incentive to exercise care. Chance of accident
occurring or misuse.
Severe Adjacent space intensively used by the public and others Major circulation areas, heavy industrial areas
with little incentive to exercise care. Prone to vandalism
and abnormally rough use.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P26


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Robustness (continued)

Tests within BS 5234 include: Table 14 - Board type required to achieve a given Duty
Partition stiffness Rating (single layer) solutions
C02

Board type Maximum rating


Resistance to damage from a small hard body impactor
Gyproc WallBoard 12.5mm Medium
Resistance to damage from a large soft body impactor
Gyproc WallBoard 15mm Medium
Resistance to perforation from a small hard body Gyproc SoundBloc 12.5mm Medium
impactor Gyproc SoundBloc 15mm Medium
Resistance to structural damage from a large soft body Gyproc FireLine 12.5mm Medium
impactor Glasroc H tilebacker 12.5mm Medium

Resistance to damage from door slamming Gyproc FireLine 15mm Heavy


Gyproc SoundBloc 15mm Heavy1
BS 5234 does not identify specific points of contact on a Gyproc SoundBloc f 15mm Heavy
partition that should be impacted. However, we understand Glasroc F multiboard 10mm Heavy
that there are limiting points in terms of impact resistance. Glasroc F multiboard 12.5mm Severe
These are then subjected to the impact tests to ensure that Gyproc DuraLine 15mm Severe
the most onerous situation is assessed.
Rigidur h 12.5mm / 15mm Severe
1 Minimum Gypframe 70mm Stud for Heavy Duty Rating.
Optional tests are also detailed within the standard, but
these are not used in the partition grading. These include:
The level of deflection and strength performance required
Resistance to damage from a crowd pressure load to achieve Light Duty Rating within BS 5234 is, in our
Lightweight anchorages pull down opinion, unsuitable for any application. We do not offer any
systems with a rating less than Medium Duty Rating.
Lightweight anchorages pull out
Heavyweight anchorages wall cupboard Maximum partition heights
Heavyweight anchorages wash basin As stated previously, BS 5234: Part 2 does not contain a
Refer to Service installations within this section, for more consistent methodology for establishing the performance of
information on fixing to drywall systems. a partition in terms of height. The UK has therefore adopted
a methodology, which is based on the level of lateral
Important design considerations deflection under a given uniformly distributed load (UDL).
The criterion is that the maximum lateral deflection of the
To achieve Heavy Duty Rating or Severe Duty Rating, the
partition should not exceed L/240 (where L is the partition
door detail needs to be reinforced otherwise the door
height) when the partition is uniformly loaded to 200Pa.
opening will undergo too much deflection and damage
during the onerous door slamming test.
We utilise a UKAS accredited test laboratory to evaluate
partition system heights against this performance criteria.
The test evidence comes from a full-scale test procedure
where the test specimen is subjected to a UDL and the
induced lateral deflection recorded. From this procedure,
Important information it is possible to establish the maximum height for a range
of partition systems. Refer to table 15 for example using
To claim a partition Duty Rating, all tests
GypWall classic.
must achieve the designated performance
level. It is not possible, for example, for
When cutting Gypframe studs to suit the partition height, it
a partition lined with a single layer of
is not good practice to cut the stud through the location of a
Gyproc WallBoard (12.5mm) to achieve a
service cut-out.
Duty Rating better than medium, because
of the boards performance in the hard
body perforation test. In the majority
of cases, the type of board used will
determine the maximum partition Duty
Rating. Table 14 shows the maximum
rating available based on a single layer
board lining. In all cases, a double layer
lining achieves Severe Duty Rating.

C02. S01. P27 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Robustness (continued)

Table 15 GypWall classic metal stud partition recommended maximum heights (mm) - based on a limiting deflection of L/240
at 200Pa. Applicable to non fire-rated or BS 476: Part 22 fire-rated constructions only (not applicable to EN 1364-1: 1999)

C02
Stud Boarding 600mm 600mm 400mm 400mm 300mm 300mm
each side centres boxed centres boxed centres boxed
48 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 2500 2800 2900 3200 3100 3500
1 x 15mm 2800 3000 3100 3300 3300 3600
2 x 12.5mm 3400 3600 3600 3800 3800 4000
2 x 15mm 3700 3800 3900 4000 4000 4200
48 I 50 1 x 12.5mm 2900 - 3400 - 3700 -
1 x 15mm 3100 - 3500 - 3800 -
2 x 12.5mm 3700 - 3900 - 4200 -
2 x 15mm 3900 - 4200 - 4400 -
60 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 3200 3400 3500 3800 3800 4200
1 x 15mm 3400 3600 3700 4000 4000 4300
2 x 12.5mm 4100 4300 4300 4600 4600 4800
2 x 15mm 4400 4500 4600 4800 4800 5000
60 I 50 1 x 12.5mm 3600 - 4000 - 4400 -
1 x 15mm 3800 - 4200 - 4500 -
2 x 12.5mm 4400 - 4700 - 5000 -
2 x 15mm 4600 - 4900 - 5200 -
60 I 70 1 x 12.5mm 4100 - 4600 - 5000 -
1 x 15mm 4200 - 4700 - 5100 -
2 x 12.5mm 4700 - 5100 - 5500 -
2 x 15mm 4900 - 5300 - 5600 -
70 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 3600 3900 4000 4300 4300 4700
1 x 15mm 3800 4100 4200 4500 4500 4900
2 x 12.5mm 4600 4800 4900 5100 5100 5400
2 x 15mm 4900 5100 5100 5300 5300 5600
70 S 60 1 x 12.5mm 3800 4100 4200 4600 4500 5000
1 x 15mm 4000 4300 4400 4700 4700 5100
2 x 12.5mm 4700 4900 5000 5300 5200 5600
2 x 15mm 5000 5200 5200 5500 5500 5800
70 AS 50 1 x 12.5mm 3800 4200 4300 4700 4600 5100
1 x 15mm 4000 4400 4500 4800 4700 5200
2 x 12.5mm 4700 5000 5000 5300 5300 5700
2 x 15mm 5000 5200 5300 5600 5500 5900
70 I 50 1 x 12.5mm 4100 - 4600 - 5000 -
1 x 15mm 4300 - 4700 - 5100 -
2 x 12.5mm 4900 - 5300 - 5600 -
2 x 15mm 5200 - 5500 - 5800 -
70 I 70 1 x 12.5mm 4600 - 5100 - 5600 -
1 x 15mm 4700 - 5300 - 5700 -
2 x 12.5mm 5300 - 5700 - 6100 -
2 x 15mm 5500 - 5900 - 6300 -
92 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 4500 4800 4900 5400 5300 5800
1 x 15mm 4700 5100 5200 5600 5500 6000
2 x 12.5mm 5700 5900 6000 6300 6200 6600
2 x 15mm 5900 6100 6200 6500 6400 6800

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P28


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Robustness (continued)

Table 15 (continued) GypWall classic metal stud partition recommended maximum heights (mm) - based on a limiting
deflection of L/240 at 200Pa. Applicable to non fire-rated or BS 476: Part 22 fire-rated constructions only (not applicable
C02

to EN 1364-1: 1999)
Stud Boarding 600mm 600mm 400mm 400mm 300mm 300mm
each side centres boxed centres boxed centres boxed
92 S 60 1 x 12.5mm 4700 5000 5200 5600 5600 6100
1 x 15mm 4900 5300 5400 5800 5800 6300
2 x 12.5mm 5800 6000 6100 6500 6500 6900
2 x 15mm 6000 6200 6300 6700 6600 7000
92 AS 50 1 x 12.5mm 4700 5100 5200 5700 5700 6200
1 x 15mm 4900 5300 5400 5700 5800 6400
2 x 12.5mm 5800 6100 6200 6500 6500 6900
2 x 15mm 6000 6300 6400 6700 6700 7000
92 S 10 1 x 12.5mm 5300 5800 6000 6600 6500 7200
1 x 15mm 5500 6000 6100 6700 6600 7300
2 x 12.5mm 6200 6600 6700 7200 7200 7700
2 x 15mm 6400 6800 6900 7400 7300 7800
92 I 90 1 x 12.5mm 6000 - 6800 - 7400 -
1 x 15mm 6200 - 6900 - 7500 -
2 x 12.5mm 6800 - 7400 - 7900 -
2 x 15mm 6900 - 7500 - 8000 -
146 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 6200 6800 6900 7600 7500 8300
1 x 15mm 6500 7000 7200 7800 7700 8400
2 x 12.5mm 7600 8000 8100 8600 8500 9100
2 x 15mm 7900 8200 8300 8800 8700 9300
146 AS 50 1 x 12.5mm 6600 7100 7300 8000 8000 8800
1 x 15mm 6800 7400 7600 8200 8200 8900
2 x 12.5mm 7800 8200 8400 8900 8900 9500
2 x 15mm 8100 8500 8600 9100 9100 9700
146 I 80 1 x 12.5mm 7900 - 8900 - 9700 -
1 x 15mm 8100 - 9000 - 9800 -
2 x 12.5mm 8800 - 9600 - 10400 -
2 x 15mm 9000 - 9800 - 10500 -
146 TI 90 1 x 12.5mm 8300 - 9400 - 10300 -
1 x 15mm 8400 - 9500 - 10400 -
2 x 12.5mm 9200 - 10100 - 10900 -
2 x 15mm 9400 - 10300 - 11100 -

In all GypWall classic systems, it is recommended that for heights between 4200mm and 8000mm, the Gypframe Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel is
used. Gypframe Extra Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel is used for heights above 8000mm. Additional consideration needs to be given if there is a deflection
head requirement.

C02. S01. P29 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Robustness (continued)

Assessing acoustic performance of GypWall classic with Where linings (partitions, wall linings and ceilings) cross a
reduced stud centres movement joint in a structural wall, floor or roof slab, they

C02
should be provided with a movement joint at the same
Reducing the centres of the metal studs within
point, and be capable of the same range of movement
GypWall partition systems can have a detrimental effect
as the wall, floor or roof joint. Gyproc Control Joint
on the sound insulation performance of the system.
provides a suitable solution for movement up to 7mm.
We have estimated the performance reductions for
Gyproc Control Joint may also be required to relieve stresses
GypWall classic:
induced by extreme environmental conditions. For example,
When there is no insulation within the partition cavity consideration could be given to installing control joints at
and studs are closed down to 400mm centres, this 10m centres in linings that are subjected to either extreme
results in an estimated 2dB loss in Rw compared to studs or variable temperatures.
at 600mm centres with no insulation
Refer to C07. S05. P10 detail 7 and 8 - Control joint detail.
When there is no insulation within the partition cavity
and studs are closed down to 300mm centres, this Environmental conditions
results in an estimated 3dB loss in Rw compared to studs
Temperature
at 600mm centres with no insulation
Gyproc plasterboards, Glasroc F specialist boards and
When there is a minimum 25mm Isover Acoustic Thistle plasters should not be used where the temperature
Partition Roll (APR 1200) within the partition cavity and will exceed 49C. Prolonged exposure to high temperature,
studs are closed down to 400mm centres, this results in and/or multiple exposure for short periods, results in the
no loss in Rw compared to studs at 600mm centres with gradual continued calcination of the gypsum and loss
25mm Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) of its inherent properties. Gyproc plasterboards,
When there is a minimum 25mm Isover Acoustic Glasroc F specialist boards and Thistle plasters (once fully
Partition Roll (APR 1200) within the partition cavity and dried) can be subjected to freezing conditions without risk
studs are closed down to 300mm centres, this results in of damage.
an estimated 2dB loss in Rw compared to studs at
600mm centres with 25mm Isover Acoustic Moisture
Partition Roll (APR 1200) Our products should not be used in continuously damp
conditions or in buildings that are not weather tight.
However, our Gyproc moisture resistant grade
Where Thistle MultiFinish is specified to obtain a 1 or 2 dB
plasterboards and Glasroc F specialist boards are suitable
uplift, this will be negated when closing down stud centres
for use in intermittently damp conditions or sheltered
or changing stud profile.
external situations in conjunction with an appropriate
decorative finish. This should take the form of ceramic tiling
If the partition system is also performing a fire
or other suitable moisture impervious coating by others.
compartmentation function to EN standards, the partition
Glasroc H tilebacker can be used as a tiling substrate in high
height in the fire state also needs to be established for the
moisture applications.
required duration. It should not be assumed that the cold
state height is still valid in the fire state.
Two coats of Gyproc Drywall Sealer applied to the face of
standard grade plasterboards, with the edges adequately
Movement
protected from moisture may also be suitable to receive a
Deflection of upper floor and roof slabs can cause tile finish. The application of Gyproc Drywall Sealer provides
appreciable stress in partitions. Where such deflection is surface water absorption resistance only, and does not
likely to occur, the partition to structural soffit junction meet the performance requirements for moisture resistant
detail must be designed to accommodate movement, grade boards as defined in BS EN 520, type H1.
whilst still complying with any fire or acoustic performance
requirements. Typical deflection head details for fire-rated Relative humidity (RH)
GypWall partition systems are given in the relevant partition In moderate humidity situations, i.e. 40% to 70% RH,
and wall system sections within this book. Additional no special precautions need to be taken when using
attention to detailing will be required to optimise sound Gyproc plasterboards, other than those necessary to
insulation performance. The detail included in prevent interstitial condensation. However, whenever the
GypWall staggered shows a good practice solution buildings heating system is turned off a rapid increase in
incorporating steel angles, either side of the head and the relative humidity can occur as the building cools down.
sealed to the structure. Refer to figures 2 and 3 earlier in this This could lead to the occurrence of potentially harmful
section for more information. surface condensation. Precautions to avoid this problem
should be taken, e.g. by continuing to run the ventilation
system after the heating is turned off.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P30


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Robustness (continued)

Low humidity does not affect the plasterboards, but may Wall lining
lead to distortion of timber framing members as they dry Glasroc H tilebacker is suitable for use as a wall lining in
C02

to below their usual moisture content. Intermittently high areas such as shower enclosures, swimming pool halls and
relative humidity, i.e. above 70% RH, requires special adjacent areas.
treatment to the face of the plasterboards, and only
moisture resistant grade plasterboards or Glasroc F Gyproc moisture resistant grade boards and Glasroc F
specialist boards should be used. Suitable surface specialist boards are not suitable to be used in those areas,
treatments include ceramic tiling and water vapour resistant but can be considered for use in adjacent areas of wall
paint systems. Gyproc plasterboards are not considered lining and in most domestic situations. Attention to detail
suitable in continuously high humidity conditions. Certain is critical and, in addition to the guidance given above for
British Gypsum ceiling products are suitable for use in ceiling linings, the following additional guidance should be
environments above 70% RH. considered:
The lining boards must be lifted clear from any floor
Special environments - swimming pools and similar
where free water is possible and a suitable skirting detail
environments
must be employed which will not allow water
Ceiling lining penetration
Our products and systems are regularly specified for ceilings
In extreme moisture environments, Glasroc H tilebacker
in and around swimming pool halls and similar areas. With
must be used in conjunction with a tanking system
regard to ceiling specifications attention to detail is critical.
The following guidance should be considered: Thistle plasters are not recommended for this type
of environment with the exception of Thistle DriCoat
The boards to be used should be moisture resistant grade
undercoat which could be considered in conjunction with
or Glasroc F specialist boards. They should be screw-fixed
a completely sealed, impervious, tiling system
to a framed system at their recommended centres
Important guidance is given within BS 5385-1: 2009 and
The surface of the board should be finished using our
BS 5385-4: 2009, within which gypsum plasterboard and
recommended methods, and they must be set and dry
gypsum plaster are deemed unsuitable backgrounds for
before applying decoration. Thistle finish coat plasters
tiling in frequently wetted areas. These areas include
are not recommended for this type of environment
communal showers and pool halls
The decoration should take the form of a suitable
moisture impervious finish supplied by other Ceilings
manufacturers
EN 13964: 2014 includes class definition relating to
Penetrations in the ceiling linings and perimeters should exposure conditions and maximum deflection. The
be avoided where possible. All service penetrations must standard CasoLine mf ceiling layout is capable of complying
be sealed using a moisture resistant sealant (even with deflection Class 2 and exposure Class A, however the
though the recommended plasterboards are moisture system can be modified to meet Classes 1 and B. Contact
resistant it is unwise to allow moisture to gain access to the British Gypsum Technical Advice Centre for further
the core of the board) guidance.
The air in the pool area should be conditioned such that
condensation will not form on the surface of the boards
In situations where there is a risk of condensation
occurring within the ceiling cavity, it must be
mechanically ventilated or the decorative finish must be
impervious to water vapour. This will minimise the risk of
condensation forming on cold surfaces in the cavity,
which could then come in to contact with the
unprotected back face of the plasterboard lining
It is good practice to protect the cut ends of Gypframe
metal components using suitable material to prevent
corrosion
Ensure that the Gypframe metal frame is totally
encapsulated by suitable Gyproc board and waterproof
finishing system (by others).

C02. S01. P31 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Service installations

Service installations insulation and so suitable isolation methods such as


conduit or capping should be used. Please see National

C02
Services within partitions and lining cavities Housing Building Council (NHBC) Standards 8.1 and
Building Research Establishment (BRE) Thermal Insulation:
The installation of electrical services must always be carried
avoiding risks (BR262).
out strictly in accordance with BS 7671 Requirements for
electrical installations. IET Wiring Regulations. Thermal insulation covering or around cables has the effect
of reducing the current carrying capacity and so the cable
Services can be incorporated within all our partition may need to be de-rated and increased in size.
and lining systems. As shown in figure 21 and figure 22,
Gypframe studs either have cut-outs or push-outs to Refer to BS 7671 for guidance.
accommodate routing of electrical services and other small
To maintain an airtight construction, the perimeter of
services. Grommets or isolating strips should be installed in
any penetration through the lining should be sealed as
the cut-out to prevent abrasion of the cables.
necessary at the time the services are being installed.
Gypframe channels do not generally have cut-outs and so,
Hot and cold water pipes should be installed strictly in
if required, they need to be cut on-site, paying attention
accordance with manufacturers instruction.
to Health & Safety guidance. Grommets or isolating strips
should be installed in these cut-outs to prevent abrasion In the case of gas service pipes behind drylined walls,
of the cables. However, Gypframe GWR3 Floor & Ceiling BS 6891 states that the pipe should be encased in building
Channel has half-round cut-outs at regular centres. Refer to material, which could take the form of Thistle plaster.
figure 23. These cut-outs are designed to prevent abrasion Alternatively, apply a continuous band of Gyproc DriWall
of electrical cables where they pass through the metal Adhesive or timber battens either side of the pipe to receive
framework, therefore grommets are not required. a plasterboard lining.

When installing electrical services within a partition, this Service penetrations and fixing into drywall systems
might result in the concealed cable being less than 50mm
Switch boxes and socket outlets can be supported on
from the surface of the partition, particularly if the partition
brackets formed from Gypframe 99FC50 Fixing Channel
is less than 100mm thick. Whilst it may be apparent that
or cut and bent channels fixed horizontally between the
electrical services are contained within a partition cavity
studs. Alternatively, services can be fixed to the face of the
due the appearance of electrical sockets / switches on the
partition, using a Gypframe Service Support Plate, which
partition surface, this might not be obvious from the reverse
carries 18mm plywood within the cavity of the partition as
side. Therefore, before carrying out work, e.g. drilling into
shown in figure 26.
the surface, the reverse side of the partition must always be
checked to determine the location of any concealed cables. In fire-rated walls, the fire-stopping design is dependent on
It is good practice to maintain a clear zone. Where the the period of fire resistance. Where acoustic performance is
location of electrical outlets cannot be determined not a specific requirement, refer to figure 27 and figure 28.
from the reverse side, then the cable must either be
mechanically protected or run at least 50mm from the Fixing electrical socket boxes into our partitions and walls
surface of the wall or partition on the reverse side. Refer to can affect the technical performance e.g. fire, acoustic, air
figure 24 and figure 25. leakage, but careful detailing can minimise this. Building
Regulations Approved Document E and Robust Details offer
Where heating pipes, particularly micro-bore systems, are to specific guidance on the installation of socket boxes in
be located within the GypWall system, it is recommended separating walls, particularly with regard to the avoidance
that only one pipe is passed through each aperture in of back-to-back services. Refer to figure 29.
the metal framework. If this cannot be accommodated
for whatever reason, it may be necessary to incorporate There are a number of putty pad products available on the
proprietary pipe restraining clips, or other means of keeping market from a range of manufacturers and whilst we have
the pipes apart, to prevent vibration noise. no objection to the use of putty pads (by others) within
drylining systems, all performance substantiation has to be
If a lining system, such as DriLyner, does not have sufficient provided by the fire-stopping manufacturer as is the case
depth to accommodate the service then the background for any fire-stopping material. Refer to figure 30, for
should be chased out to the appropriate depth considering example.The Robust Details pattern book also offers
maximum allowable tolerances. Pipes or conduits should be the alternative of a sacrificial lining in front of a separating
fixed in position before work commences. wall to create a zone for service installation. These service
zones remove the need for service penetration of the actual
The insulating backing of Gyproc ThermaLine laminates Robust Detail separating wall construction, which in turn
should not be chased to accommodate services. PVC removes the risk of a loss in acoustic performance as a
covered cables must not come into contact with polystyrene result of service penetrations. Refer to figure 31.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P32


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Service installations (continued)

This method is increasingly migrating to projects where to ensure that the drylining system specified is capable
Pre-Completion Testing is being used, as best practice. of supporting the loads, particularly if installing multiple
However, it can lead to a downgrading of the DnT,w + Ctr fixtures. Furthermore, it may be necessary to incorporate
C02

performance of the base wall due to the introduction several fixings per fixture to ensure the weight is distributed
of additional cavities within the overall construction. across the drylining system rather than a point load,
Robust Detail walls are designed to exceed the Approved particularly for medium to heavy fixtures.
Document E requirement so the slight potential downgrade
in performance caused by the sacrificial lining would not The guidance given is primarily concerned with fixtures
lead to system failure. at the time of installation. For subsequent installation,
especially for heavier fixtures, the identification of studs
Where Pre-Completion Testing is required however, and noggings within the lining / partition system will be
depending on the system specified, there may not be this required in order to attach the fixtures at these points.
level of safety margin, particularly at lower frequencies.
Therefore, where additional sacrificial service installation Duct / damper penetration through drywall systems
zone linings have been specified in non-Robust Details Fire and smoke resisting dampers can be installed in our
systems the most appropriate solution to ensure no systems. Dampers prevent fire and smoke from passing
reduction in the acoustic performance of the base partition from one fire compartment to another through heating,
is a 70mm cavity with 50mm Isover Acoustic Partition Roll ventilation and air conditioning systems. An Industry
(APR 1200) and a single layer 15mm Gyproc SoundBloc Guide to the Design for the Installation of Fire and Smoke
board lining installed on one or both sides of the base Resisting Dampers is available from the Association of
partition construction. Refer to figure 32, for example. Specialist Fire Protection (ASFP) or as a download from
asfp.org.uk. This document refers the designer to the
The plasterboard should always be neatly cut and principles of construction, and in particular to tested
Gyproc Sealant should be applied where optimum acoustic constructions, or to constructions assessed for performance
performance is required. in fire by a suitably qualified person.

In wall linings and ceilings, access for services may be Figure 33, figure 34 and figure 35 show a method of
required for routine maintenance, inspection, preparing openings for installing dampers up to a
upgrading or repair. This can be achieved by installing maximum weight of 57kg within our systems. As the
Gyproc Profilex Access Panels. Services should be routed performance of the complete assembly will depend on a
through the lowest acoustic performing wall where number of elements, the actual details of the opening need
possible. Penetrations of fire-resistant constructions for to be determined in conjunction with the fire-stopping and
services need careful consideration to ensure that the damper manufacturers.
integrity of the element is not impaired, and also that the
services themselves do not act as the mechanism for fire
spread. It is important to use only those services and their
installations that have been shown by a fire test to be able
to maintain the integrity of the construction. By designing
service zones, through which all services pass, the number
of individual service penetrations can be minimised. Service
zones can be sealed after installation of the services using a
tested and substantiated fire-stopping system.

In most situations, the services will be installed by


contractors other than the drylining contractor. It is
important, therefore, that all relevant contractors are
advised as to where and how their service penetrations
should be made and maintained. The necessity to
independently support services will depend on their size
and weight and the drylining specification.

There is a wide variety of fixing devices suitable for securing


fixtures and fittings to our systems. Generally, the choice
of individual fixing devices will depend on the type of
system and the loading requirements. This section gives
recommendations on the selection of generic devices and
proprietary fixings. Tables 16 and 17 gives example fixing
devices and typical applications in drywall systems to meet
the specific load criteria for single fixtures. It is important

C02. S01. P33 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Service installations (continued)

Table 16 Example fixing devices and typical safe working loads on partitions and wall linings
System Lightweight fixtures up Lightweight to medium Medium weight Medium to heavy Heavy fixtures

C02
to 3kg (e.g. socket) fixtures up to 4 - 8kg fixtures 9 - 20kg fixtures 21 - 50kg 51 - 100kg
(e.g. small mirror) (e.g. shelf) (e.g. cupboard) (e.g. basin)
ShaftWall and A B or C D, E or I G, H or I K
GypWall systems1
GypLyner iwl
Timber stud A B or C K or D K K

DriLyner A B F L L
GypLyner universal A B or C D or E K K
wall lining

Reference Detail Description Typical SWL2


(typical failure load)

A No. 10 woodscrew into Gyproc plasterboard 3kg (12kg)

B Steel picture hook and masonry nail into Gyproc plasterboard 4kg (16kg)

C Metal self-drive into single layer Gyproc plasterboard 6kg (24kg)

Metal self-drive into double layer Gyproc plasterboard 8kg (32kg)

D Steel expanding cavity fixing, e.g. M5 x 40, into 12kg (48kg)


Gyproc plasterboard (board thicknesses up to 12.5mm)
Steel expanding cavity fixing, e.g. M5 x 65, into 18kg (72kg)
plasterboard (board thicknesses from 15mm to 28mm)
E Gyproc Drywall Screw fixed through Gyproc plasterboard into 0.5mm 19kg (76kg)
Gypframe metal stud / Gypframe 99 FC 50 Fixing Channel
F Heavy duty plastic plug fixed through Gyproc plasterboard into 20kg(140kg)
masonry with 55mm minimum penetration
G Gyproc Jack-Point Screws fixed through Gyproc plasterboard into minimum 30kg (120kg)
0.9mm Gypframe metal stud
H No.12 self-tapping screws fixed through Gyproc plasterboard into minimum 50kg (200kg)
0.9mm Gypframe metal stud
I Steel expanding metal cavity fixing, e.g. M4 x 40, through Gyproc 40kg (160kg)
plasterboard into 0.9mm Gypframe metal stud (board thicknesses up to
12.5mm)
Steel expanding metal cavity fixing, e.g. M4 x 65, through Gyproc 50kg (200kg)
plasterboard into 0.9mm Gypframe metal stud (board thicknesses from
15mm to 28mm)
Steel expanding metal cavity fixing, e.g. M5 x 65, fixing through Gyproc 50kg (200kg)
plasterboard into plywood supported by Gypframe Service Support Plate
J 8mm steel frame fixing fixed through Gyproc plasterboard into 60kg (240kg)
masonry with minimum 55mm penetration
K No.12 self-tapping screw fixed through Gyproc plasterboard into timber 120kg (480kg)
sub-frame
L M8 steel bolt / anchor fixed through Gyproc plasterboard into 130kg (520kg)
masonry with minimum 55mm penetration

1 For GypWall quiet sf, ensure that the fixings do not bridge the Gypframe RB1 Resilient Bars, otherwise the acoustic performance will be compromised.
2 Safe Working Load (SWL) - a safety factor of 4 (steel fixings) and 7 (plastic fixings) has been used.

For technical assistance on above fixings please contact the fixings manufacturer. The suitability of the fixing must be confirmed by the building
designer / fixing manufacturer.

Reference can also be made to the Construction Fixing Association (CFA) guidance note Fixing For Plasterboard, which can be accessed at fixingscfa.co.uk

When specifying a fixing to / through Gyproc ThermaLine laminates, please give consideration to the thickness and compressibility of the insulation to ensure
that the fixing used is fit for purpose.

The information within table 16 does not take into consideration any additional forces that may be applied whether it be accidental, abusive or otherwise. The
example fixing devices, typical safe working loads and typical failure loads given in table 16 relate to the installation of single fixtures. It is important to
ensure that the drylining system specified is capable of supporting the loads, particularly if installing multiple fixtures. Furthermore, it may be necessary to
incorporate several fixings per fixture to ensure the weight is distributed across the drylining system rather than a point load, particularly for medium to heavy
fixtures.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P34


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Service installations (continued)

Table 17 Example fixing devices and typical safe working loads on partitions incorporating Rigidur h (GypWall extreme)
Reference Detail Description Typical SWL1
C02

(typical failure load)

B Steel picture hook and masonry nail into 12.5mm Rigidur h 17kg (68kg)

Steel picture hook and masonry nail into 15mm Rigidur h 18kg (72kg)

F Fischer PD nylon plug and screw into 12.5mm or 15mm Rigidur h 20kg (72kg)

A No. 10 woodscrew into 12.5mm or 15mm Rigidur h 15kg (60kg)

I Fischer HM8 x 55 steel cavity fixing into 15mm Rigidur h 49kg (196kg)

M Fischer KD6 steel cavity fixing into 12.5mm Rigidur h 58kg (232kg)

Fischer KD6 steel cavity fixing into 15mm Rigidur h 74kg (296kg)

1 Safe Working Load (SWL) - a safety factor of 4 (steel fixings) and 7 (plastic fixings) has been used.

For technical assistance on above fixings please contact the fixings manufacturer. The suitability of the fixing must be confirmed by the building
designer / fixing manufacturer.

The information within table 17 does not take into consideration any additional forces that may be applied, whether it be accidental, abusive or otherwise. The
example fixing devices, typical safe working loads and typical failure loads given in table 17 relate to the installation of single fixtures. It is important to ensure that
the drylining system specified is capable of supporting the loads, particularly if installing multiple fixtures. Furthermore, it may be necessary to incorporate several
fixings per fixture to ensure the weight is distributed across the drylining system rather than a point load, particularly for medium to heavy fixtures.

Figures
21 22
Centres
Centres
at 600mm
at 600mm
thereafter
thereafter
75mm

75mm

75mm

75mm
75mm
1479mm

1479mm

50mm

50mm

50mm
28mm 28mm 28mm
30mm 38mm 38mm 38mm 38mm
879mm

879mm
800mm
279mm

279mm

48mm 60mm 70mm 92mm 146mm


43mm 70mm 92mm 146mm

Gypframe studs service cut-out details - Gypframe C and


Gypframe I Studs Gypframe studs service push-out details - Gypframe AcouStuds

23

167mm 167mm

83.5mm
50mm

Cross-nogging cut-outs

C02. S01. P35 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Service installations (continued)

Figures

C02
24 25

50mm

Minimum distance of cabling Standard zones of cabling

26 27

2
1
4
2

1 6

5 7

General arrangement of service support plates showing studs


at 600mm centres Socket box installation up to 60 minutes fire resistance

28

7
8
3

Socket box installation up to 120 minutes fire resistance

1 Gyproc plasterboard or British Gypsum specialist board 6 Gyproc Sealant at switch box perimeter for improved acoustics
2 Gypframe C Stud 7 Electrical socket with metal back box fitted tight into plasterboard
3 Stone mineral wool (minimum 80kg/m3) backing to socket box 8 Gypframe Folded Edge Standard Floor & Ceiling Channel receiving fixing
4 Gypframe Service Support Plate of socket box - channel legs tabbed, bent and fixed to metal studs with
British Gypsum Wafer Head Drywall Screws
5 18mm plywood

If Gypframe Service Support Plates are being installed and not immediately boarded, secure plates with a British Gypsum Wafer Head Drywall Screw or
British Gypsum Wafer Head Jack-Point Screw.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P36


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Service installations (continued)

Figures
29 1
C02

12

13
14

10

11
Electrical socket box with plasterboard baffle in GypWall quiet iwl

30 1

15

11
Electrical socket box with putty pad in GypWall quiet iwl

1
31 32 1
3
2

4
5 5

9
6

1 7

10 8
10
11
11
Robust Details sacrificial lining where a slight performance
downgrade is not detrimental to the system Electrical socket box in sacrificial lining to GypWall quiet

1 Gyproc plasterboard 9 Timber batten


2 Gypframe C Stud 10 Gyproc Sealant
3 Gypframe I Stud 11 Electrical socket box
4 Gypframe 99 FC 50 Fixing Channel 12 Gypframe GA4 Steel Angle
5 Isover insulation 13 150mm high Gyproc plasterboard baffle to match partition lining
6 GypLyner universal with minimum 70mm cavity 14 Fire-resistant seal where required by Building Regulations Approved
7 50mm Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Document B

8 15mm Gyproc SoundBloc 15 Putty pad (by others) in accordance with manufacturers instructions

C02. S01. P37 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Service installations (continued)

Figures

C02
33
W

X X

Section X-X Section


W-W

Opening bridging studs for duct / damper penetration within ShaftWall

34
2

X
1

3
X

Y Y

Elevation

35
Section X - X

5
3

1 4

2
2

1
Section Y - Y

Fire rated construction in which the damper is supported


Typical opening for service penetrations in fire-rated partitions by the partition (isometric view)

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 4 Penetration seal as tested by damper manufacturer or proprietary
2 Gypframe C Stud alternative, confirmed as compatible by system designer / specifier
(plasterboard lining around opening may not be required)
3 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel
5 Damper (by others). Weight of damper should not exceed 57kg.Size
damper should not exceed 1400 x 1200mm

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P38


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Thermal insulation and condensation

Legislation and guidance documents Compliance with AD L2A Conservation of fuel and power
in new buildings other than dwellings is based upon the
Building Regulations (England) - Thermal insulation carbon dioxide performance. Compliance targets are given
C02

through the use of the Simplified Building Energy Model


Minimum energy efficiency requirements in England are set
(SBEM) and although compliance cannot be demonstrated
out in Building Regulations Approved Document L (AD L),
by the elemental U-value method, U-values are important
Conservation of fuel and power.
requirements within the SBEM calculation. Limiting fabric
AD L comprises the following four documents: parameter U-values are given in AD L2A but U-values better
AD L1A Conservation of fuel and power in new dwellings than these are likely to be required and AD L2A includes model
U-values within a concurrent notional building specification.
AD L1B Conservation of fuel and power in existing dwellings Air permeability is also a requirement within the SBEM
AD L2A Conservation of fuel and power in new buildings calculation. Refer to table 18b.
other than dwellings
AD L1B Conservation of fuel and power in existing dwellings
AD L2B Conservation of fuel and power in existing buildings and AD L2B Conservation of fuel and power in existing
other than dwellings buildings other than dwellings are based on carbon dioxide
performance with the need to meet U-values targets. Where
Compliance with AD L1A for new dwellings is based on both
an existing element forms part of the thermal envelope it must
the carbon dioxide performance and the fabric energy
have a certain thermal value. This is known as the threshold
efficiency of the dwelling. Compliance targets are given
value. If the existing value of the element equals or is better
through the use of the Standard Assessment Procedure (SAP
than the threshold, no thermal renovation will be required. If
calculation) and although compliance cannot be demonstrated
it is worse than the threshold value then thermal renovation
by the elemental U-value method, U-values are important
to achieve the required U-values has to be carried out. Refer to
requirements within the SAP calculation. Limiting fabric
tables 19a and 19b.
parameter U-values are given in AD L1A but U-values better
than these are likely to be required and AD L1A includes model
U-values within a concurrent notional dwelling specification.
Air permeability / airtightness is also a requirement within the
SAP calculation. Refer to table 18a.

Table 18a AD L1A


AD L1A - New dwellings ENGLAND WALES
U-value (W/m2K) U-value (W/m2K)
Limiting fabric parameters Concurrent notional Worst acceptable fabric Elemental specification
dwelling specification performance
Wall 0.30 0.18 0.21 0.18
Floor 0.25 0.13 0.18 0.13
Roof 0.20 0.13 0.15 0.13
Party Wall 0.20 0.00 0.20 0.00

Table 18b AD L2A


AD L2A - New buildings other ENGLAND WALES
than dwellings U-value (W/m2K) U-value (W/m2K)
Limiting fabric parameters Concurrent notional Worst acceptable fabric Elemental specification
dwelling specification performance
Wall 0.35 0.26 0.35 0.26
Floor 0.25 0.22 0.25 0.22
Roof 0.25 0.18 0.25 0.18

Table 19a AD L1B


Existing dwellings ENGLAND WALES
U-value (W/m2K) U-value (W/m2K)
New thermal elements Upgrading retained New thermal elements (including Upgrading retained
(including replacements thermal elements replacements for existing elements and thermal elements
for existing elements) non-exempt Conservatories & Porches)
Wall 0.28 0.30 0.21 0.30
Floor 0.22 0.25 0.18 0.25
Pitched roof, insulation at ceiling level 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.16
Pitched roof, insulation at rafter level 0.18 0.18 0.15 0.18
Flat roof or roof with integral insulation 0.18 0.18 0.15 0.18

C02. S01. P39 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

Table 19b AD L2B


Existing buildings other than ENGLAND WALES

C02
dwellings U-value (W/m2K) U-value (W/m2K)
New thermal elements Upgrading New thermal elements (including replacements for Upgrading
(including replacements retained existing elements) retained
for existing elements) thermal elements thermal
Buildings essentially All other Conservatories elements
domestic in character, e.g. buildings and Porches
student accommodation,
care homes
Wall 0.28 0.30 0.21 0.26 0.28 0.30
Floor 0.22 0.25 0.18 0.22 0.22 0.25
Pitched roof, insulation at ceiling level 0.16 0.16 0.15 0.15 0.16 0.16
Pitched roof, insulation at rafter level 0.18 0.18 0.15 0.18 0.18 0.18
Flat roof or roof with integral 0.18 0.18 0.15 0.18 n/a 0.18
insulation

Table 20a TECHNICAL HANDBOOK SECTION 6 (Domestic)


New buildings SCOTLAND
U-value (W/m2K)
Maximum Notional dwelling, package of measure

Wall 0.22 0.17


Floor 0.18 0.15
Roof 0.15 0.11
Cavity separating wall 0.20 0.00

Table 20b TECHNICAL HANDBOOK SECTION 6 (Non-Domestic)


New buildings SCOTLAND
U-value (W/m2K)
Maximum Notional building
Fully fitted building Shell only Heated and naturally Heated and mechanically
ventilated ventilated / Cooled
Wall 0.27 0.23 0.23 0.20
Floor 0.22 0.20 0.22 0.20
Roof 0.20 0.15 0.18 0.16

Table 21a TECHNICAL HANDBOOK SECTION 6 (Domestic)


Existing buildings SCOTLAND
U-value (W/m2K)
Extensions (and conversion of previously unheated buildings) Conversion of heated buildings
(and conservatories)
Existing building U-values worse than Existing building U-values equal/better
0.70 for walls and 0.25 for the roof than 0.70 for walls and 0.25 for the roof
Wall 0.17 0.22 0.30
Floor 0.15 0.18 0.25
Pitched roof, insulation between 0.11 0.15 0.25
ceiling ties or collars
Roof 0.13 0.18 0.25

Table 21b TECHNICAL HANDBOOK SECTION 6 (Non-domestic)


Existing buildings SCOTLAND
U-value (W/m2K)
Extensions (and conversion of previously unheated buildings) Conversion of heated buildings
Wall 0.25 0.30
Floor 0.20 0.25
Roof 0.15 0.25

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P40


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

Building Regulations - Condensation BS EN ISO 13788: 2012 Hygrothermal performance of


building components and building elements. Internal surface
In England the requirements are set out in Building
C02

temperature to avoid critical surface humidity and interstitial


Regulations Approved Document C - site preparation and
condensation - Calculation method
resistance to contaminants and moisture.
Commonly known as the Glaser method, this deals with
the critical surface humidity likely to lead to problems such
The walls, floors and roof of the building shall adequately
as mould growth on the internal surfaces of buildings and
protect the building and people who use the building
interstitial condensation within a building component.
from harmful effects caused by interstitial and surface
It also deals with estimation of the time taken for a
condensation. To provide resistance to surface condensation
component, between high vapour resistance layers, to dry,
and mould growth, guidance is also given to ensure that the
after wetting from any source, and the risk of interstitial
U-value does not exceed 0.70 W/mK at any point within
condensation occurring elsewhere in the component during
an external wall and within a floor (ground floor and other
the drying process.
floors exposed from below) and 0.35 W/mK at any point
within a roof.
BS EN ISO 15026: 2007 Hygrothermal performance of
building components and building elements - Assessment of
At the time of print, AD C could also be referenced in Wales
moisture transfer by numerical simulation
whereas condensation requirements in Scotland are covered
Commonly known as the WUFI method, this standard
by the Technical Handbook Section 3, Environment.
defines the practical application of hygrothermal simulation
software used to predict one-dimensional transient head
Guidance documents
and moisture transfer to multi-layer building envelope
Accredited Construction Details components subjected to non steady climate conditionsl
Published by Local Government, it is intended to assist the on either side. In contrast to the steady-state assessment of
construction industry to comply with the performance interstitial condensation by the Glaser method (as described
standards published in AD L. It focuses on issues concerning in EN ISO 13788), transient hygrothermal simulation
insulation continuity and airtightness, providing theoretical provides more detailed and accurate information on the risk
information and large scale indicative drawings. It can be of moisture problems within building components and on
accessed via the website planningportal.gov.uk the design of remedial treatment. While the Glaser method
considers only steady-state conduction of heat and vapour
BR443 U-value conventions diffusion, the transient models covered in this standard take
Published by the Building Research Establishment (BRE), account of heat and moisture storage, latent heat effects,
it provides calculation methods for the determination of and liquid and convective transport under realistic boundary
U-values of building elements and includes common issues, and intial conditions.
together with data on typical constructions and the thermal
conductivity of materials. BS EN ISO 6946: 2007 Building components and building
elements. Thermal resistance and thermal transmittance.
BR262 Thermal insulation avoiding risks Calculation method
Published by the BRE, it highlights risks, causes and This gives the method of calculation of the thermal
solutions of thermal design. The guidance supports the resistance and thermal transmittance of building
Building Regulations and represents the recommendations components and building elements, excluding doors,
on good design and construction practice associated with windows and other glazed units; components that involve
thermal standards. heat transfer to the ground; and components through
which air is designed to permeate. The calculation method
BS EN 12524: 2000 Building material and products. is based on the appropriate design thermal conductivities
Hygrothermal properties. Tabulated design values or design thermal resistances of the materials and products
This gives design data in tabular form for heat and moisture involved.
transfer calculations, for thermally homogeneous materials
and products commonly used in building construction. It BS 5250: 2011 Code of practice for control of condensation in
also gives data to enable calculations and conversion of buildings
design thermal values for various environmental conditions. This describes the causes and effects of surface
and interstitial condensation in buildings, and gives
recommendations for their control.

C02. S01. P41 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

The provision of thermal insulation building can be subdued as heat stored in components
within the insulation envelope is dissipated back into the
building. Further benefits can be derived from the reduced

C02
Reducing heat loss
size and complexity of space heating equipment necessary
Any building with an internal temperature higher than the
to maintain room temperatures.
external temperature will lose heat. Thermal insulation
reduces this heat loss and therefore helps to conserve
Airtightness
energy and reduce heating costs.
Airtightness describes the air leakage characteristics of a
To comply with Building Regulations, levels of thermal building. This determines the uncontrolled background
performance are required for the external walls, roof and ventilation or leakage rate of a building.
floors of almost all building types. Adequate insulation
must also be provided for hot water heating services, pipes, Airtightness is expressed in terms of a whole building
warm air ducts and hot water storage vessels. leakage rate at an artificially induced pressure (usually
50Pa). The lower the air leakage rate, the greater the
Savings are maximised where insulation is supported by airtightness. For example, within AD L1A an upper limit on
other measures such as automatic controls, which govern air permeability of 10m/hour/m is required. In practice,
the operation and output of heating systems and the most designs will need to be significantly better than this.
temperature of stored water. Improving a buildings airtightness is crucial to improving
the energy performance of a building.
In addition to providing high levels of thermal performance
in newly constructed buildings, insulation products and Although air leakage can occur directly, the majority of leaks
systems are also incorporated into existing buildings where occur indirectly. Air leakage paths are often complicated
the energy efficiency of the building may be inadequate. and therefore air leakage can be difficult to trace and seal
This will apply equally to both non-domestic buildings and effectively. However, the following is a list of some example
to the existing housing stock. The scale of inefficiency for air leakage paths:
the latter has been highlighted by various Government Cracks, gaps and joints in the structure
surveys and subsequent corrective measures.
Timber floors
When specifying the insulation system for a particular Joist penetrations of external walls
building it is important to take into account both the Windows and doors
heating regime and the pattern of usage of the building.
Loft hatches
Infrequently heated buildings Skirting boards
If a building is only infrequently heated, thermal insulation Chimney and flues
materials should be located as near as possible to the
Service entries, ducts and electrical components
internal surface of exposed building elements to provide a
quick thermal response to heating input. This is essential Areas of un-plastered walls
in such conditions to reduce internal surface condensation
during the warm-up period, when the maximum amount To improve airtightness when using a plasterboard internal
of water vapour is often produced. It will also ensure that drylining system, e.g. DriLyner basic, continuous ribbons of
comfortable room temperatures are quickly achieved. adhesive should be applied around the perimeter of the
wall and around openings / penetrations to seal airpaths.
Gyproc ThermaLine laminates are extensively used in Gyproc Soundcoat Plus can be used on most external
both new and existing buildings to provide internal lining masonry walls to seal air paths. This may also improve the
and insulation in one fixing operation. They can allow airtightness before a drylining system is applied to the wall.
Building Regulation standards to be achieved using clear
cavity external wall construction and provide a continuous
insulation layer over the whole external wall area, helping to
Terminology
reduce the thermal bridge effects at lintels and reveals.
Thermal conductivity (l)
Regularly heated buildings This is a measure of a materials ability to transmit heat, and
is expressed as heat flow in watts per metre thickness of
Heating regimes may be of a regular nature, with relatively
material for a temperature gradient of one degree Kelvin (K).
equal periods of heating activity and non-activity, as may
It is expressed as W/mK.
occur in housing during winter months. In this situation,
traditional forms of high mass construction, such as double
Generally, dense materials have high thermal conductivity
leaf cavity walls, can effectively exploit the heat store
and are inefficient thermal insulants. Lightweight materials
concept when thermal insulation is positioned within the
have low conductivity and can be efficient thermal
cavity. Extreme air temperature fluctuations within the

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P42


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

insulants. The lower the l value of a material, the better its contrast, has very little heat storage capacity and is referred
insulating efficiency. to as having low thermal mass. Gyproc plasterboards
and Rigidur are effective in contributing towards the
C02

Thermal resistance (R) thermal mass effect. Thermal mass design, for example in
schoolbuildings, is a means of ensuring overheating is kept
This is the measure of the resistance to the passage of heat
under control.
offered by the thickness of a material and is expressed as
mK/W. The thermal resistance of a material is obtained by
This principle is included with the SBEM and SAP procedure
the following calculation:
within which it is expressed as a Kappa (k) value in
calculating the thermal mass parameter to characterise the
R= t
thermal mass of the building. As an example within SAP,
l
the heat capacity k of a single layer plasterboard partition is
given as 9 kJ/mK.
Where t = thickness in (m) and l = thermal conductivity
(W/mK)
Condensation control in buildings
Thermal transmittance (U-value)
Harmful effects of condensation
This is a property of the whole construction, including
air spaces, and is a measure of its ability to transmit heat Condensation can be one of the worst problems that
under steady state conditions. It is calculated by taking designers, owners or occupants of buildings experience.
the reciprocal of the sum of all the individual thermal Dampness and mould growth caused by surface
resistances, taking into consideration any thermal bridging, condensation can not only be distressing to the occupants
and is expressed as W/mK. The lower the U-value of the of a building, but can eventually lead to damage in the
element the better its thermal insulation. building itself.

For the purpose of calculating U-values, thermal resistances The thermal insulation and ventilation requirements of
for the inside and outside surfaces of a building element, Building Regulations aim to reduce the risk of condensation
and for any cavities within it, have to be taken into account. and mould growth occurring in new buildings. However,
This is in addition to thermal resistances directly relating to designers should take care to eliminate all problems caused
the actual thickness of materials. by condensation, particularly in refurbishment projects
on existing buildings, where situations exist that are not
The R-values of inside surfaces, outside surfaces and of directly covered by the regulations.
any cavities will vary according to the surface emissivity.
Emissivity should be taken as high for all normal building Reducing the risk
materials other than polished or metal surfaces, such as Due to changes in building design, occupancy patterns and
aluminium foil, which are regarded as low. increased thermal requirements, all buildings, particularly
houses, are more sensitive to condensation now than in
U-values are used as a common basis for comparing previous years. Homes tend to be heated intermittently
different constructions or for meeting a stated figure. When and moisture-producing activities are concentrated into
calculating the U-value of some constructions the effect relatively short periods of time.
of components that repeatedly bridge the insulation layer,
such as mortar joints in lightweight blockwork, studs in Thermal insulation correctly positioned within specific
timber and metal framed walls, wall ties, and roof joists, building elements, combined with adequate heating and
should be taken into account. The U-value is calculated the necessary water vapour control and ventilation, where
through the thermal bridge and combined with the U-value appropriate, should ensure trouble-free design.
through the insulation in proportion to its face area,
often resulting in a higher U-value for the element. More How condensation occurs
insulation may be needed to compensate for the presence
of thermal bridges and return the U-value to a specified At any given temperature, air is capable of containing a
level. This can also be achieved by changing to a more specific maximum amount of water in vapour form. The
efficient insulant. The additional heat loss for non-repeating warmer the air, the greater the amount of water vapour
thermal bridges, such as details at window and door it can contain. Conversely, the lower the temperature, the
openings, is determined separately. smaller the amount.

Thermal mass / heat sink Water vapour in air exerts a pressure, called the vapour
pressure. Any differential in vapour pressure causes vapour
Thermal mass describes a materials capacity to absorb, to diffuse from high to low pressure areas.
store and release heat. For example, water and concrete 
have a high capacity to store heat and are referred to
as high thermal mass materials. Insulation foam, by

C02. S01. P43 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

Warm air inside a building usually contains more moisture Designing to reduce condensation risk
than external air, due either to the occupants activities or
resulting from the evaporation of residual moisture in new

C02
Thermal insulation
construction. This creates a pressure differential across
Thermal insulation helps to reduce the risk of surface
structural elements. Water vapour in the internal air, being
condensation by maintaining surfaces above the dew point
at a higher pressure, tends to diffuse through the structure
temperature subject to adequate heating being provided.
towards the colder, lower pressure exterior.

In buildings that are heated infrequently, the thermal


If moisture-laden air comes into contact with a cold surface
insulation should be located as near as possible to the
it will cool. As it cools, the amount of water it can hold
internal surface of building elements to provide rapid
in vapour form reduces until, at a specific temperature
thermal response. These surfaces will then be less prone to
called the dew point, it becomes saturated. Water is then
surface condensation during the warm-up period, which
deposited in the form of condensation.
is often when the maximum amount of water vapour is
produced. Being located on the warm side of the structure,
Surface condensation
Gyproc ThermaLine laminates will help to provide this rapid
Surface condensation occurs when air containing water thermal response and will also reduce the thermal bridge
vapour comes into contact with highly vapour resistant effects in a building, e.g. at lintels and reveals.
surfaces, which are at, or below, the dew point temperature.
Refer to figure 36 - Surface condensation. It usually shows With some construction types the potential problem may
itself as beads of water, damp patches, and, where the be one of interstitial condensation. Gyproc ThermaLine
condition persists, mould growth. laminates are available with integral vapour control to
minimise the risk. Alternatively, the choice of construction
Surface condensation can be in localised zones in a may demand a different position for insulation, away from
particular building element caused by the presence of cold the surface lining. Surface condensation will not generally
bridges, such as mortar joints in walls, which can be colder be a problem in these circumstances, particularly where
than the rest of the wall structure. adequate heating is provided. Consideration should be given
to establishing whether the particular construction brings
In addition, warm moist air will diffuse through a building with it any increased risk of interstitial condensation.
into colder rooms, such as poorly heated bedrooms and
stairwells. This is one reason why surface condensation For most constructions the use of vapour permeable
does not always occur in the room where water vapour is insulation, in combination with other building materials of
produced. low vapour resistance, will allow the structure to breathe
naturally. In this instance, the likely occurrence of interstitial
Interstitial condensation condensation will be shifted to less problematic areas, such
Warm moist air will also diffuse through building elements as masonry walls (inner face of the outer leaf).
to reach colder, lower pressure conditions outside. If the
building materials have low water vapour resistance it Thermal bridging, particularly at junctions, abutments and
is possible for condensation to occur within the building openings can occur and therefore good detailing is
element. This will occur on the first cold surface, at or essential. Information on Psi (j) values (linear thermal
below dew point temperature, which is encountered by the transmission) relating to thermal bridging details is
moisture vapour on its passage through the structure. As contained within SAP, and within Accredited Construction
an example, for double skin masonry walls, the position for Details (ACDs) which are available to view at
condensation to form is on the inner face of the outer leaf planningportal.gov.uk/buildingregulations/
whether or not insulation is included in the cavity. Refer to approveddocuments/partl/bcassociateddocuments9/acd
figure 37 Interstitial condensation.
Heating
There is no evidence to suggest that interstitial Adequate heating helps to keep the temperature of the
condensation will occur within the core of building internal surfaces above the dew point. Ideally, an air
materials under general building and climatic conditions. temperature above 10C should be maintained in all parts
For other types of building structure vapour control layers of the building.
can help to eliminate the risk of interstitial condensation.
It is recommended that the risk of harmful condensation Ventilation
be assessed using an appropriate calculation procedure, for
Ventilation removes the water vapour produced within a
example as described in BS 5250. Refer to table 23 for typical
building to the outside air. Adequate ventilation, including
hygrothermal properties.
the provision of small controllable slot ventilators in
windows, electrical extractor fans controlled by humidistats
in bathrooms and kitchens, and cooker hoods extracted to
the outside air, will help to reduce harmful condensation

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P44


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

and mould growth. Ideally, ventilation should control the New masonry walls
internal air to between 40% and 70% relative humidity (RH)
Full fill or partial fill cavity
C02

for human occupation.


Positioning Isover CWS 32 or 36 Batt insulation within the
cavity, either full fill or partial fill, can maintain the internal
Condensation can occur in roof spaces of slated or tiled
surface of the wall above dew point temperature and
pitched roofs of dwellings, and in timber joisted flat roofs
negate the cold bridging effects of mortar joints.
with insulated ceilings, unless adequate ventilation is
Therefore a water vapour resistant treatment to the
provided. Precautions should be taken, in particular the
surface of internal plaster finishes is not always necessary
provision of adequate cross-ventilation of the roof spaces
because any interstitial condensation will occur on the
to the outside. The main requirements for ventilation in
inner surface of the outer leaf. Thistle plaster, or
buildings are given in the Building Regulations Approved
Gyproc WallBoard, fixed in the DriLyner or GypLyner
Document.
systems, form suitable linings. Where a vapour control layer
is required, the plasterboard lining surface can be treated
Vapour control layer
with two coats of Gyproc Drywall Sealer. Alternatively,
A vapour control layer, usually in the form of a membrane, Gyproc WallBoard duplex can be specified in conjunction
is used to substantially reduce the transfer of water vapour with the DriLyner mf or GypLyner systems.
through a building element in which it is incorporated. Refer
to table 22 for a few example wall and roof constructions. Gyproc ThermaLine laminate, internal drylining system
Where cavity insulation is not appropriate or does not meet
the U-value requirement alone, a drylining system using a
A vapour control layer, positioned on the warm side of the
Gyproc ThermaLine laminate could be considered which will
thermal insulation within a building element, helps to
provide both thermal performance and a vapour
reduce the risk of interstitial condensation occurring within
control layer.
that element. However, other precautions may also be
necessary, either in combination with, or as alternatives to,
Timber / steel frame walls
a vapour control layer. These include the use of ventilated
cavities and the provision of materials of low vapour To reduce the risk of interstitial condensation occurring
resistance, particularly on the colder side of on the inner surface of the sheathing, a vapour control
the construction. layer is required as part of the internal lining, refer to
NHBC (Technical Standards for domestic applications) at
 apour control layers should be as airtight as possible.
V nhbc.co.uk. Isover timber frame insulation is positioned
Holes and penetrations for services should be cut neatly within the stud cavity and Gyproc duplex grade
and suitably sealed, or localised condensation may still plasterboards can be used as the internal face lining.
occur. It is recommended that the risk of harmful interstitial The dew point will then fall within the outer cavity or
condensation is assessed using the calculation procedure external cladding.
given in BS 5250.
Where the insulation does not meet the U-value
Existing masonry walls requirement alone, a drylining system using a
Gyproc ThermaLine laminate could be considered which
Gyproc ThermaLine laminate, internal drylining system
will provide both thermal performance and a vapour
Gyproc ThermaLine laminates containing vapour control
control layer.
layers can reduce the risk of interstitial condensation,
provided the existing wall has low vapour resistance and
Provision should also be made for water vapour to escape
does not incorporate any other material of high vapour
outward, through very low vapour resistance sheathing
resistance on the cold side of the construction.
boards, breather membranes, external claddings and by
vented cavities. It is also good practice to ensure that
Full fill cavity
any accumulation of moisture is directed outwards by
Where it is impractical to provide a new internal lining to
incorporating flashings, drainage outlets and suitable
existing cavity walls, it may be possible for insulation, e.g.
timber detailing.
Isover Walltherm, to be blown into the cavity. In conjunction
with adequate heating, the internal surface of the wall will
be kept above dew point temperature. The permeability
of the mineral wool material will not impede the natural
diffusion of moisture vapour away from critical areas within
the structure.

Refer to NHBC categories of exposure to wind drive ruin for suitability


of project location.

C02. S01. P45 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

Table 22 Recommendations for the use of vapour control layers to reduce the risk of interstitial condensation in some example
external wall and roof constructions in dwellings

C02
Element Type of external wall Vapour control layer Comments
required?
External walls Timber or metal frame (brick outer leaf) Yes Low vapour resistance sheathing board and
breather membrane.
Brick / insulated cavity / block No Consider vapour control layer in adverse conditions
Gyproc plasterboard lining or Thistle plaster
Brick / clear cavity / block Yes N/A
Gyproc ThermaLine laminate lining
Solid masonry 1 Yes Ventilation of lining cavity to outside may be
Gyproc ThermaLine laminate lining on Gypframe required depending on vapour resistance of
metal framing or timber battens masonry
Roofs Cold pitched roof, tiles or slates on battens on
membrane over loft space
Ceiling and insulation horizontal No Ventilated in accordance with BS 5250 and
Approved Document F. Consider vapour control
layer in adverse conditions.
Warm pitched roof, tiles or slates on battens on Yes Ventilated in accordance with BS 5250 and
membrane Approved Document F. Minimum 50mm ventilation
Ceiling and insulation inclined zone above insulation (unless ventilated tiling
battens/counter batten cavity over breathable
membrane used)
Cold flat roof Yes Ventilated in accordance with BS 5250 and
Insulation at ceiling level (horizontal) Approved Document F. Minimum 50mm ventilation
zone above insulation

Where a vapour control layer is used, it must be airtight, e.g. holes and penetrations for services etc., cut neatly and suitably sealed.

1 Solid masonry wall - internal insulation. We reference to the use of Hygrothermal properties of buildings components within modelling software, and in

compliance with BE EN 5250 (August 2016), we now recommend specialist guidance to be obtained prior to commencing the installation of internal insulation
to solid masonry walls in order to determine the effects of condensation and moisture within the building fabric. This area of expertise is documented within
BS 5250 Code of practice for the control of condensation of building components and building elements - Assessment of moisture transfer by numerical
simulation.

Table 23 Hygrothermal properties


Material Specific heat Water vapour Equivalent water Typical vapour resistance
capacity, Cp 2 resistance factor, dry 2 vapour resistivity 3 MNs/g
J/(kgK) MNs/gm
Gypsum plasterboard 1000 10 50 0.63 (12.5mm thickness)
Gypsum plaster 1000 10 50 0.65 (13mm thickness)
Mineral wool 1030 1 5 0.25 (50mm thickness)
Expanded polystyrene 1450 60 300 15.0 (50mm thickness)
Extruded polystyrene 1450 150 750 37.5 (50mm thickness)
Phenolic foam 1400 50 250 12.5 (50mm thickness)
Polyisocyanurate foam 1400 60 300 15.0 (50mm thickness)
Vapour Control layer in duplex grade - - - 60
Gyproc plasterboard
Vapour Control layer in Gyproc ThermaLine pir - - - 4000
Vapour Control layer in Gyproc ThermaLine super - - - 100

2 Taken from BS EN 12524 Building materials and products - Hygrothermal properties - Tabulated design values.
3 Using conversion factor as per BS 5250 Code of practice for control of condensation in buildings.

0844 800 1991 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P46


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

Pitched roofs Warm construction


In warm roof construction, the thermal insulation (by
Horizontal insulated ceilings, e.g. cold loft space
C02

others) is located on top of a high performance vapour


Positioning a vapour control membrane at ceiling level
control layer over the roof decking. The construction is
should reduce the amount of water vapour migrating into
referred to as a warm roof because in winter, with adequate
the roof space. In practice, however, a continuous barrier
heating, the temperature of the vapour control layer, and
is unlikely to be achieved because of the difficulty of
of the materials below it, is maintained close to that of the
sealing leaks through loft access hatches, electrical wiring
internal air. It may not be necessary to include a vapour
drops, pipe penetrations and cracks. Gaps in the ceiling
control layer at ceiling level or to ventilate the roof cavities.
can be much more important in the mechanism of water
Consideration should be given, however, to the provision
vapour migration than diffusion through the ceiling itself.
of vertical vapour control layers as necessary, e.g. the use
Appropriate cross-ventilation of the roof space is necessary.
of Gyproc duplex grade plasterboards in roof voids between
Insulation, e.g. Isover Spacesaver range, is located on top
rooms, to reduce the movement of vapour to adjacent
of and between the ceiling joists and Gyproc plasterboard
rooms, which may be at different temperatures. Refer to
fixed to the underside. Gyproc duplex grade plasterboards
figure 39 - timber flat roof, warm type.
can be used as the ceiling lining if a vapour control layer
is required.

Sloping insulated ceilings, e.g. warm room-in-the-roof


Isover Timber Batt insulation is located between the
rafters and a minimum 50mm ventilation zone above the
insulation is required. However, if the tiling batten / counter
batten cavity is vented and a breathable membrane is used,
the 50mm vented zone may not be required.

A vapour control layer is required at sloping ceiling level


and given that it is likely additional thermal insulation
is required to meet the stringent U-value requirements,
Gyproc ThermaLine laminates can be used as the sloping
internal ceiling lining.

Flat roofs
Cold construction
In a cold roof construction, the thermal insulation, e.g.
Isover Timber Frame Batts, is located directly above the
ceiling. Most of the structure is on the unheated side of
the insulation and is therefore vulnerable to the risk of
interstitial condensation.

To reduce this risk, cross-ventilation must be provided above


the insulation to disperse water vapour to the outside.
Generally a minimum 50mm clear cavity well vented to the
external air is required. An effective vapour control layer
should be provided at ceiling level and perforations for
pipes, electrical wiring drops, etc., should be sealed. Refer to
figure 38 Timber flat roof, cold type. Gyproc duplex grade
plasterboards or Gyproc ThermaLine laminates can be used
as the internal face ceiling lining.

C02. S01. P47 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Thermal insulation and condensation (continued)

Figures
36 37

C02
Outside Inside Outside Inside
1 2

d ai arm m
Col r ir
W oist a
d ai arm m
Col r ir
W oist a 3

2 lower higher
vapour vapour
pressure pressure

Surface condensation Interstitial condensation

38 39

4 4

5 5

9
50mm
(min)

6
7
8 8

Timber flat roof, cold type Timber flat roof, warm type

1 High vapour resistance surface 6 Cross-ventilated roof cavities


2 Surface at or below the dewpoint 7 Isover insulation
3 Low vapour resistance surface 8 12.5mm Gyproc WallBoard duplex

4 Timber roof decking 9 Insulation (by others)


5 Built-up felt (or similar) with solar reflective finish

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P48


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Indoor air quality

We typically spend up to 90% of our time indoors, in schools, Some of the health problems VOCs can cause
offices, hospitals and our homes. Clean air is something People often complain about health problems after
C02

we assume we have in the buildings in which we live, work extended periods of time spent indoors. Studies have shown
and learn, yet impurities found in the air can cause health that many of these symptoms can be attributed to VOCs:
problems and a reduction in our general well-being.
Headaches
Clean air on the other hand can speed up patient recovery Nausea
in hospitals, reduce absence at work and increase pupils
Allergies and increased allergic reactions
concentration at school.
Lack of concentration
Volatile organic compounds (VOCs) Eye irritation
Although we dont notice them, pollutants called volatile Fatigue
organic compounds (VOCs) including formaldehyde are
often present in the air we breathe naturally emitted from Breathing problems
furniture, carpets, paints, varnishes, cleaning products and
building materials. The World Health Organisation (WHO) concerns about
formaldehyde (which is a common VOC) in relation to
VOCs have an initial boiling point of less than or equal to human health are well published (WHO guidelines for
250C. They are emitted as a gas from a liquid or solid and indoor air quality: selected pollutants; 2010). All current
enter the surrounding air. VOCs are numerous and varied. regulation focuses on VOC emissions at project handover,
They include both human-made and naturally occurring and in reducing the VOC content of construction products.
chemical compounds. Formaldehyde (CHO) is both the
highest concentration and highest risk VOC. Refer to figure Legislation and guidance
40 VOC concentration. However, academic and evidence based design is
increasingly highlighting that the major issue with VOCs is
Studies have shown that the air indoors can have post handover / during building use.
concentrations of VOCs many times higher than the
outdoor air. The increased focus on the reduction of energy Building regulations and guidance relating to VOCs:
consumption is leading to more airtight buildings, which
Building Regulations Approved Document F (ventilation)
means the quality of air is becoming even more critical.
Refer to figure 40 VOC concentration. Studies have shown Building Bulletin 101 (education)
that ventilation systems are only about 30% effective at BRE Digest 464 Part 2
removing VOCs from the air indoors.
BRE Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM)
(indoor air quality)
Health Technical Memorandum (HTM)03-01
40
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED)
INDOOR OUTDOOR (indoor air quality)
VOC concentrations
in the air
(ppm) You cant see or smell VOCs. Therefore there is no way
of knowing what concentrations you are being exposed to
on a daily basis.

ACTIVair technology
ACTIVair is a new technology added to certain
British Gypsum products. It is designed specially to
decompose formaldehyde into non-harmful inert
compounds, thus eliminating the risk of re-emission. It is
tested to capture and convert up to 70% of formaldehyde.
Refer to figure 41 ACTIVair technology.

Improving the indoor air quality is a major consideration


Source: Indoor Air Quality Observatory (OQAI) amongst clients and building occupants, most notably
those concerned with sustainability and health and
wellbeing. Good clean air can reduce health problems as
well as enhancing our healthy living in both our work and
VOC concentration comparison, indoor vs outdoor
living spaces.

C02. S01. P49 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Indoor air quality (continued)

ACTIVair technology:
41
Decomposes up to 70% of formaldehyde

C02
making indoor spaces healthier1
Uniquely captures and converts formaldehyde,
removing the risk of re-emission even if the product is
damaged or at end of life
Will continue to work for at least 50 years
Works though an emulsion paint finish
Is fully recyclable through the British Gypsum closed loop
Plasterboard Recycling Scheme (PRS) - Plasterboard only
Has no impact on the installation or performance of the
products or systems they are included in with regards to
fire, acoustics, thermal or durability compared to
standard versions of the products
1 Formaldehyde reduction is based on experimental data following ISO16000-23
1. Formaldehyde molecules standards from 0.4m2 to 1.4m2 installed/m3 room. Lifetime is calculated assuming
( ) in the air are absorbed by the plasterboard, linear performance with indoor formaldehyde of 25g/m3 covering ceiling, wall or
plaster or ceiling combined configurations.

2. ACTIVair technology The effectiveness of ACTIVair technology has been tested by the
( ) converts them into inert compounds accredited Eurofins and VITO laboratories to ISO 16000-23. The test
shows that ACTIVair decomposes 70% of the formaldehyde in a
3. The inert compounds controlled test environment. Refer to figure 42 ACTIVair test principle.
( ) remain locked in the plasterboard, plaster
or ceiling When using ACTIVair products aim to have coverage in each room on
the walls and/or ceiling equivalent to the m area of the floor.
ACTIVair technology

42
STEP1 STEP2 STEP3

EMPTY

Test chamber Test chamber

Formaldehyde Formaldehyde Formaldehyde


feed on feed on feed off
1 2

Formaldehyde
concentration 70% formaldehyde
3 absorption 4

0 1 2 3 4 8 18
Days

ACTIVair test principle

11 Formaldehyde was fed into the empty test chamber at a constant level 33 After 24 hours, ACTIVair technology had absorbed 70% of the
22 On day 3, a sample of a product containing ACTIVair technology was formaldehyde in the chamber, with a continued in-feed of formaldehyde
introduced to the test chamber 43 Formaldehyde feed was stopped on day 8, and levels were further reduced
as they continued to be absorbed by ACTIVair technology

0844 800 1991 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P50


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Sustainability

Sustainability Construction Products Regulations


C02

Our mission is to develop innovative products and services From 1st July 2013, under the Construction Products
that help customers build better spaces to live, work and Regulation 2011 (CPR), it has been mandatory for
play. In every kind of building - from home to work, from the manufacturers to draw up a declaration of performance
local supermarket to the local hospital - we help to create (DoP) and apply CE marking to any of their construction
partitions, provide comfort, protect against fire and insulate products, which are covered by a harmonised European
against sound. standard (hEN) or conforms to a European Technical
Assessment (ETA), when they are placed on the market.
With over 100 years' experience in plaster, plasterboard A construction product is any product or kit which is
and ceiling solutions, we already have a multitude of high produced and placed on the market for use in a
performance products and systems. However, we're pushing permanent manner in construction works, and the
the boundaries in our current thinking and we have an performance of which has an effect on the performance of
ambitious innovation programme, driven by our customers, the construction works.
to deliver meaningful consumer benefits.
The CPR builds upon the previous legislation and aims
You'll find our plaster, plasterboard, metal and ceiling to break down technical barriers to trade in construction
solutions in almost every kind of building in the country. products within the European Economic Area (EEA).
Builders, tradesmen and specifiers choose our products
because they offer the best acoustic, thermal insulation and To achieve this, the CPR provides for four main elements:
fire protection performance. Our SpecSure lifetime system
1 A system of harmonised technical specifications
warranty also gives you total peace of mind for the lifetime
of the building. Defines EEA-wide methods of assessing and declaring
all the performance characteristics
Standards and legislation Must meet seven basic requirements for construction
There are many building standards and environmental works. These cover:
assessment methods that apply to our industry such as: l Mechanical resistance and stability
Building Regulations l Safety in case of fire
The BRE Environmental Assessment Method (BREEAM) l Hygiene, health and environment
Home Quality Mark (HQM) l Safety and accessibility in use
SKA Environmental Ratings l Protection against noise
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) l Energy economy and heat retention
Green Guide Ratings l Sustainable use of natural resources
2 An agreed system of conformity assessment for each
This document does not go into detail about each of product family
these standards, however, other documents within our
3 A framework of notified bodies
White Book series detail how our products and systems
meet specific requirements. Guides include: 4 CE marking of products
The White Book Education Sector Guide
CE marking
The White Book Healthcare Sector Guide
CE marking enables a product to be placed legally on
The White Book Refurbishment Guide the market in any Member State. However, this does not
The White Book High-Rise Multiple Occupancy (HRMO) necessarily mean that the product will be suitable for all
Sector Guide end uses in all Member States.

HomeSpec - The White Book Residential Specification


CE marking indicates that a product is consistent with
Guide
its Declaration of Performance (DoP) as made by the
manufacturer. The declaration varies according to the
This section should be read in conjunction with our
particular harmonised technical specification covering
Corporate Social Responsibility report, available online at
the product. As such, decision makers (e.g. designers and
british-gypsum.com
specifiers) should understand the relevant performance
requirements for the product.

C02. S01. P51 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Sustainability (continued)

Declarations of Performance (DoP) 897,000 organizations in 170 countries worldwide, and sets
the standard for quality management systems.
By making a DoP the manufacturer, importer or distributor

C02
is assuming legal responsibility for the conformity of the
We have been certified to IS0 9001 across the whole
construction product with its declared performance. The
business since 1999, and before that to BS 5750 since 1982.
information to be contained in them is detailed in Annex ZA
The business has continuous assessment visits every 6
of a hEN or in a section of the ETA. DoPs must be supplied
months, and the latest certificate was reissued under the
either in paper form or by electronic means which includes
revised ISO 9001:2008 in December 2010.
permission to make them available on a website.

The scope of the ISO 9001:2008 Certificate is the same


Together with the technical specification, the DoP should
as the ISO 14001 certificate. A copy of the certificate is
give all the information needed by specifiers and regulators
available on our website: british-gypsum.com
to judge whether the product meets all relevant regulations
in the Member State upon whose market it is to be placed.
OHSAS 18001:2007 - Occupational Health and Safety
Management Systems: Requirements
Where applicable, the DoP should be accompanied by
information on the content of hazardous substances in OHSAS 18001:2007 is an internationally recognised
the construction product to improve the possibilities for assessment specification for occupational Health and Safety
sustainable construction and to facilitate the development management systems. It was developed by a selection
of environment-friendly products. of leading trade bodies, international standards and
certification bodies to address a gap where no third-party
Copies of DoPs are available on our website: certifiable international standard exists.
british-gypsum.com
Health and Safety is our core value. Our aim is to always be
Certifications injury-free. We passionately believe that our employees, and
other stakeholders, should go home in the same condition
ISO 14001:2004 - Environmental Management Systems: as they arrived. We set the target of zero accidents at work
Requirements with guidance for use for employees, visitors and contractors.

ISO 14001 specifies the requirements for an environmental Our culture is one where safety is everyones responsibility.
management system (EMS). It applies to those environmental Our people are encouraged to lead from within, through
aspects which the organization has control over and which it a programme of employee engagement and safety
can be expected to have an influence. The standard applies awareness, which includes functional safety committees,
to management systems which a site or organisation might safety initiative worker groups and leadership groups. The
employ, but does not directly relate to products. It is not a business uses tools such as SUSA (Safe and Unsafe Acts)
product certification system or label. The standard itself does discussions and SMAT (Safety Management Audit Tool) to
not state specific environmental performance criteria; this is highlight safety concerns and correct them.
down to the site or organisation to do.
Keeping employees fit, happy and healthy is crucial for us.
As part of our drive to continuously improve our Our in-house occupational health team provide periodic
performance, we have invested significant resource in health surveillance and on-going assessments with
developing environmental management systems certified lifestyle guidance.
to ISO 14001:2004.
As part of our drive to continuously improve our
In November 2008 we became the first plaster and performance, we have invested significant resource in
plasterboard manufacturer to achieve ISO 14001:2004 developing our safety management systems and certifying
certification across all the whole of our manufacturing, them to OHSAS 18001:2007
mining and support functions in the UK. This certification
emphasises the stringent environmental standards Copies of our certificates are available on our website:
maintained across the business and enables us to support british-gypsum.com
customers through the delivery of sustainable construction
products as advocated by BREEAM, the Home Quality Mark ISO 50001:2011 Energy Management System
and the BRE Green Guide.
ISO 50001 is based on the management system model of
A copy of the certificate is available on the our website: continual improvement also used for other well-known
british-gypsum.com standards such as ISO 9001 or ISO 14001. This makes it
easier for organisations to integrate energy management
ISO 9001:2008 - Quality Management Systems: Requirements into their overall efforts to improve quality and
environmental management.
ISO 9001 is an internationally recognised and well
established quality framework, currently used by more than

0844 800 1991 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P52


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Sustainability (continued)

ISO 50001:2011 provides a framework of requirements for Independent, third party assessment and certification
organisations to: against the requirements of BES 6001 then give the
organisation the ability to prove that an effective system for
C02

Develop a policy for more efficient use of energy


ensuring responsible sourcing exists and add credibility to
Fix targets and objectives to meet the policy any claims made.
Use data to better understand and make decisions
about energy use Certification to BES 6001 can contribute to points and
credits under both BREEAM and the Home Quality Mark.
Measure the results
Review how well the policy works Copies of the BRE standard are available from the BREs
Continually improve energy management Green Book Live website: greenbooklive.com

We recognise the importance of independently verified


We have been carefully managing our energy consumption Responsible Sourcing Certification to provide assurance to
for a number of years, using the well-established tools our customers that they are sourcing materials responsibly
and techniques familiar to our business. As a result of and sustainably.
this our management systems have been certified to
ISO 50001: 2011. This international standard is about UK manufactured Gyproc plasterboards, Glasroc specialist
implementing and maintaining systems and processes to boards, Thistle plasters, Gypframe metal and Gyproc Cove
manage our energy consumption. have all been awarded 'Excellent', the highest possible rating
to BES 6001. This means that British Gypsum can offer a full
One of the key elements in any work we do is training and system solution, enabling customers to receive more points
awareness of our employees. In particular when it comes in environmental certification schemes such as BREEAM.
to energy, understanding reduction opportunities enables
our employees to minimise the energy that we use. We use Products not manufactured by British Gypsum
various communications, teams and courses to deliver this
message. As previously stated, the ISO and OHSAS standards are
not product certifications. They certify the management
As far as we are concerned, energy management should not systems of companies within the supply chain. All products
be seen as special, or anything out of the ordinary, it is an that are merchandised (i.e. bought in and not manufactured
integral part of what we do every day. Gaining certification by us) and all processes conducted by us, i.e. purchasing and
of our established energy management systems will ensure logistics management, are covered by our certifications.
an integrated approach to reducing the overall impact of
our manufacturing process.

BES 6001 - Certified responsible sourcing


For the Home Quality Mark and the BREEAM standards it is
becoming increasingly important for the building industry
to be able to demonstrate responsible sourcing, and supply
chain management.

Currently Chain of Custody and Responsible Sourcing is


synonymous within the timber market, where there are
internationally recognised standards and schemes such as
the FSC and PEFC to work within.

We have, through the Construction Products Association,


been involved with the BRE since 2007 with work to develop
a Responsible Sourcing Standard.

The standard, BES 6001, describes a framework for the


organisational governance, supply chain management and
environmental and social aspects that must be addressed
in order to ensure the responsible sourcing of construction
products.

C02. S01. P53 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Sustainability (continued)

Table 24 British Gypsum products and certifications at a glance


Product Group ISO 9001 ISO 14001 OHSAS 18001 BES 6001

C02
Gyproc standard performance plasterboards
Gyproc acoustic performance plasterboards
Gyproc fire performance plasterboards
Gyproc impact performance plasterboards
Gyproc moisture resistant plasterboards
Gyprocthermal performance plasterboards
British Gypsum fixings - - - -

Gyproc decorative products - Cove / Cornice


Gyproc decorative products - Styletrims - - - -

Gyproc beads - - - -

Gyproc accessories - -

Gyproc accessories - Tape - - - -

Gyproc accessories - Sealant - - - -

Gyproc accessories - Control Joint - - - -

Gyproc accessories - FireStrip - - - -

Gypframe studs -
Gypframe channels -
Gypframe steel angles -
Gypframe specialist profiles -
Gypframe clip, brackets & accessories -
Rigitone tiles - - -

Gyptone boards - quattro - - - -

Gyptone boards - sixto - - -

Gyptone Tiles and Planks - - - -

Gyprex -
Thistle beads for solid plastering - - - -

Thistle plaster bonding agents - - -

Thistle one coat plasters


Thistle undercoat plasters
Thistle finish coat plasters
Glasroc F fire protection boards

Table 25 British Gypsums raw materials


Type Description
DSG - Desulphogypsum The main raw material for most types of plasterboard is a recycled gypsum by-product formed during the desulphurisation
of flue gases at fossil fuel fired power stations (Drax and Ratcliffe on Soar, for example). This is known as
DSG (desulphogypsum) or FGD (Flue Gas Desulphogypsum).
Recovered gypsum Currently we recover and recycle waste plasterboard from our own processes and plasterboard from customers can be
returned to us for recycling into new boards. The gypsum content is used within the production of new boards; and the
paper content is used off site as soil improver and/or animal bedding.
Mined gypsum We use natural gypsum from our own mines either to supplement supplies of DSG or to achieve specific properties for
certain specialised products. Gypsum mining is well established on a professional and environmentally sound basis as
recycling optimises the use of limited natural resources and extends the life of mineral reserves. All of our mines are certified
to ISO 14001:2004 and ISO 9001:2008. Our objective is to maintain 20 year reserve life for the Company and we have a rolling
programme of investment to maintain this level of gypsum reserves.
Plasterboard liner The liner used to sandwich gypsum to make plasterboard is made from various grades of paper, all of which is 100%
post-consumer recycled material.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P54


Back to Contents Page
Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Sustainability (continued)

Recycled content of our products Indoor air quality


All recycled content figures are indicative, and give a fair
C02

statement of the normal situation but there is a The current BREEAM schemes do not include plasterboard
certain amount of variation depending on demand for as a product category; there is nospecific requirement
products and availability of feedstock at any given time. to provide VOC contentdata. However, it can berelevant
For the most up to date information please contact our for post-construction testing requirements, as clients/
Technical Advice Centre on bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com specifiersmay request this information from us.The
or 0115 945 6123. standards used widely in Europe to evaluate VOC levels in
plasterboard products are EN 13419 and ISO 16000.
Refer to P49 in this section for more information about
indoor air quality.

Table 26 British Gypsum products and recycled content at a glance


Product group Percentage Percentage Total Manufactured Contains raw Material is
post post recycled within materials extracted recyclable?
consumer industrial content 500 miles? within 500 miles?
(% by weight)
Gyproc WallBoard, Gyproc WallBoard duplex,
6.60% 92.50% 99.10% Y 99.10% 100%
Gyproc WallBoard 4TE, Gyproc WallBoard ten

Gyproc HandiBoard, Gyproc Plank, Gyproc TriLine, Gyproc


CoreBoard, Gyproc Moisture Resistant, Gyproc ThermaLine basic, 7.52% 67.05% 74.57% Y 74.57% 100%
Gyproc ThermaLine plus, Gyproc ThermaLine super

Gyproc SoundBloc, Gyproc SoundBloc rapid 3.10% 92.50% 95.60% Y 95.60% 100%

Gyproc SoundBloc mr, Gyproc SoundBloc rapid mr,


6.60% 89.20% 95.80% Y 95.80% 100%
Gyproc FireLine mr

Gyproc FireLine, Gyproc FireLine duplex 6.50% 91.00% 97.50% Y 97.50% 100%
Gyproc DuraLine, Gyproc DuraLine mr 3.40% 2.70% 6.10% Y 99.00% 100%
Glasroc F firecase 1.30% 97.90% 99.20% Y 99.20% 100%
Glasroc F multiboard 0.00% 94.80% 94.80% Y 94.80% 100%
Glasroc H tilebacker 0.00% 94.10% 94.10% Y 94.10% 100%
Rigidur h 16.00% 20.00% 36.00% N Y 100%
Rigitone tiles 3.50% 84.00% 87.50% N 87.50% 100%
Gyptone boards 0.00% 75.00% 75.00% N Y 100%
Gyprex 4.14% 95.86% 100.00% Y 100.00% 100%

British Gypsum Screws, Glasroc F firecase Screws,


25.00% 35.00% 60.00% N N 100%
Gyproc Nailable Plugs

Gyproc Cove, Gyproc Cornice, Gyproc Cornice Strips,


0.00% 100.00% 100.00% Y 100.00% 100%
Gyproc Cornice Battens
Gyproc Styletrims 75-80% 0.00% 75-80% Y N Y
Gyproc Drywall Metal Angle Bead, Gyproc Drywall Metal Edge
55.00% 0.00% 55.00% N N Y
Bead
Gyproc Drywall Arch Bead, Gyproc Plastic Edge Bead 100.00% 0.00% 100.00% Y N Y

Explanatory Notes
1. Post-Consumer Recycled Content: Portion of material or product which derives from discarded consumer waste that has been recovered for use as a raw
material.
2. Post-Industrial Recycled Content: Portion of material or product which derives from recovered industrial and manufacturing.
3. Manufacture Location: If manufactured in the UK this is an automatic YES. See our manufacturing locations on our website:
http://www.british-gypsum.com/about-us/locations
4. Extraction location: Regional extraction is measured as a % by weight if raw materials are extracted in the UK. Extraction is deemed to be the source of the
raw material, whether extracted from the ground or where the material is recycled into the product. Each of our 5 main manufacturing locations in the UK
are colocated with our mining operations. Our sites also have separate recycling facilities on site to recycle our own scrap as well as that of customers. For
assemblies the extraction location is calculated using a breakdown of recycled content for each component / material and their percentage by weight of the
assembly.
5. Where Plaster recycling takes place, plasters are recycled into plasterboard NOT plasters.
6. Metal Recycled Content is an average overall recycled content as received from the supplier.
Over 98% of our on-site production waste is recovered back into the manufacturing process. The remaining element is disposed of via responsible routes.

C02. S01. P55 british-gypsum.com


Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Sustainability (continued)

Table 26 British Gypsum products and recycled content at a glance


Product group Percentage Percentage Total Manufactured Contains raw Material is

C02
post post recycled within materials extracted recyclable?
consumer industrial content 500 miles? within 500 miles?
(% by weight)
Gyproc Joint Filler 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y 95% 100%
Gyproc Joint Cement 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y 85% N
Inert by no
Approx. 90%
Gyproc ProMix lite Joint Cement 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y real use
<500 miles
for it
Gyproc Easi-Fill, Gyproc Easi-Fill 45 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y 80% 100%
Gyproc Corner Tape 20-25% 0.00% 20-25% N N Y
Gyproc Sealant 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y N 100%
Gyproc SoundCoat Plus 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y 99.00% Y
Gyproc Dri-Wall Adhesive 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y 99.00% 100%
Gyproc FireStrip 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y N N

Gypframe components, e.g Stud, Channels, GypLyner, ShaftWall,


CasoLine mf, GypFloor silent,RB1, RB2, Steel Angles, Fixing Strap,
55.00% 0.00% 55.00% Y N 100%
Fixing Channel, Skirting Plastes, Acoustic Braces, Acoustic
Hangers, Staggered Stud Clips, Security Sheet

Thistle beads for plastering 55.00% 0.00% 55.00% Y N Y


Thistle Bond-it 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y 98% N
Thistle GypPrime 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% N N N
Thistle Universal One Coat, Thistle Bonding Coat, Thistle
Browning, Thistle Dri-Coat, Thsitle Multi-Finish, Thistle Board 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% Y 99.00% 100%
Finish, Thistle Durafinish
Thistle Hardwall, Thistle Tough Coat 0.00% 25.00% 25.00% Y 99.00% 100%

Explanatory Notes
1. Post-Consumer Recycled Content: Portion of material or product which derives from discarded consumer waste that has been recovered for use as a raw
material.
2. Post-Industrial Recycled Content: Portion of material or product which derives from recovered industrial and manufacturing.
3. Manufacture Location: If manufactured in the UK this is an automatic YES. See our manufacturing locations on our website:
http://www.british-gypsum.com/about-us/locations
4. Extraction location: Regional extraction is measured as a % by weight if raw materials are extracted in the UK. Extraction is deemed to be the source of the
raw material, whether extracted from the ground or where the material is recycled into the product. Each of our 5 main manufacturing locations in the UK
are colocated with our mining operations. Our sites also have separate recycling facilities on site to recycle our own scrap as well as that of customers. For
assemblies the extraction location is calculated using a breakdown of recycled content for each component / material and their percentage by weight of the
assembly.
5. Where Plaster recycling takes place, plasters are recycled into plasterboard NOT plasters.
6. Metal Recycled Content is an average overall recycled content as received from the supplier.
Over 98% of our on-site production waste is recovered back into the manufacturing process. The remaining element is disposed of via responsible routes.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P56


Technical performance and principles of system design
Technical
performance

Sustainability (continued)

Table 27 Summary of indoor air quality parameters


Product VOCs CFC & GWP 1 Comment
C02

HCFC
Gyproc plasterboard 1 mg/m Zero Zero Based upon indicative testing of a sample of plasterboard products, Gyproc plasterboard
is estimated not to contain a VOC content or formaldehyde content which exceeds the
requirements of European voluntary labelling schemes connected with indoor air quality.
Rigidur h gypsum fibre 10 mg/m Zero Zero Emission test in compliance with the requirements following the testing scheme of the
boards AgBB-version 2008 regarding all DIN EN ISO 16000-9/-11 existing test points are met.
Gyproc Thermal 1 mg/m Zero <5
laminate plasterboard
Thistle plaster 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the ingredients contained in the Thistle range of undercoat, one coat and
finishing plaster contain VOCs or formaldehydewhich exceeds the requirements of
European voluntary labelling schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Thistle Bond-It <5 g/l Zero Zero
Thistle GypPrime <3 g/l Zero Zero
Gyproc Joint Filler 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the ingredients contained in the Gyproc range of jointing materials contain
VOCs or formaldehydewhich exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Gyproc Joint Cement 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the ingredients contained in the Gyproc range of jointing materials contain
VOCs or formaldehydewhich exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Gyproc Ready Mix Joint 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the ingredients contained in the Gyproc range of jointing materials contain
Cement VOCs or formaldehydewhich exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.

Gyproc Quicksand 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the ingredients contained in the Gyproc range of jointing materials contain
VOCs or formaldehydewhich exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Gyproc Soundcoat Plus 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the ingredients contained in the Gyproc range of jointing materials contain
VOCs or formaldehydewhich exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Gyproc DriWall Adhesive 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the ingredients contained in the Gyproc range of jointing materials contain
VOCs or formaldehydewhich exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Gyproc Easi-Fill 1 mg/m Zero Zero Some of the ingredients for the product are known to contain trace elements of VOCs
which are below the requirements of European voluntary labelling schemes connected to
indoor air quality.
Gyproc Easi-Fill 45 1 mg/m Zero Zero Some of the ingredients for the product are known to contain trace elements of VOCs
which are below the requirements of European voluntary labelling schemes connected to
indoor air quality.
Gyproc Sealant 153.4 g/l Zero Zero Gyproc Sealant contains VOCs. The 600ml cartridge contain 92.1 grams.
Gyproc Drywall Sealer <3 g/l Zero Zero -
Gyproc Drywall Primer <1g/l Zero Zero -
Gyproc ProMix lite <7 g/l Zero Zero -
Gyptone and Rigitone 1 mg/m Zero Zero Tested to EN 13419-1 EN 13419-3 and ISO16000-3.
boards and ceiling tiles
Gyprex satinspar 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the main components used in the manufacture of Gyprex satinspar contain
VOCs or formaldehyde which exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Gyproc FireStrip 1 mg/m Zero Zero None of the main components used in the manufacture of Gyproc FireStrip contain
VOCs or formaldehyde which exceeds the requirements of European voluntary labelling
schemes connected to indoor air quality.
Gypframe 1 mg/m Zero Zero We currently do not have specific certification on the VOC content of our Gypframe
product range. As far as we are aware our Gypframe products do not contain VOCs. The
need for information on VOC content within BREEAM generally relates to surface finish
products such as wall coverings and paints etc. and wood based products, and not the
underlying drylining product / system.

1 Global Warming Potential

C02. S01. P57 british-gypsum.com


Technical performance and principles of system design

performance
Technical
Sustainability (continued)

Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) give users information on the environmental performance
of our products across numerous impact categories.

C02
Across the construction industry there are many claims
made regarding the environmental performance of Our current completed EPDs are for:
products, and as such, it can be hard for specifiers to get 12.5mm Gyproc WallBoard
a genuine picture of how sustainable a solution really is.
12.5mm Gyproc FireLine
LCA (Life Cycle Assessment) considers the entire life cycle
of a product solution throughout its lifetime. As part of 12.5mm Gyproc Moisture Resistant
the assessment, a comprehensive range of factors are 15mm Gyproc DuraLine
considered, including the potential environmental effects
15mm Gyproc SoundBloc
of raw materials, the manufacturing process, logistics,
installation, performance in use and finally the product at 15mm Glasroc F firecase
the end of its life. 6mm Glasroc F multiboard
12.5mm Glasroc H tilebacker
An Environmental Product Declaration (EPD) is a verified
document that reports on the environmental data of Thistle MultiFinish
products based on an LCA, as well as other relevant Thistle BoardFinish
information in accordance with international standards Thistle SprayFinish
such as ISO 14025:2006 Type III Environmental Declarations
and BS EN 15804: 2012 Sustainability of Construction Works. Thistle DuraFinish
Environmental product declaration core rates for the product Thistle BondingCoat
category of construction products. Information such as raw Thistle Browning
material use, energy use and efficiency, content of materials
and chemical substances, emissions to air, soil and water Thistle ToughCoat
and waste generation can be viewed in an EPD. Thistle HardWall
Thistle Universal OneCoat
The EPD results also enable us to understand at which
stage our products have the greatest impact on the This is just the beginning of the journey. We are developing
environment. We can therefore make better informed further EPD for our solutions and these will be rolled out in
decisions on processes involved in the production of current due course. All current EPD can be found on our website
and new products, as well as taking steps to minimise the british-gypsum.com
environmental impact of our products across their lifecycle.
Our sister company Rigips, located in Germany have had
EPD also provide clear evidence for environmental building assessments carried out on our Rigidur product. The EPD
certification schemes, meeting credit requirements in for this product can be found on the Rigips website
BREEAM, for example. rigips.de/download/Environmental_Product_Declaration_
Rigidur.pdf
Generic LCA have been carried out in the past for
plasterboard products - including, one carried out by the Useful links
Building Research Establishment (BRE), on which the
current Green Guide rankings are based and another was British Gypsum - sustainability
conducted by Waste and Resources Action Programme british-gypsum.com/about-us/sustainability/life-cycle-
(WRAP) and is available to download from their website: assessments
wrap.org.uk
Building Regulations
Professor Geoffrey Hammond and Craig Jones from the planningportal.gov.uk/buildingregulations/
Department of Mechanical Engineering at the University of approveddocuments
Bath have developed an Inventory of Carbon & Energy (ICE)
- a database for embodied energy and carbon emissions BREEAM
associated with a wide range of materials. This can be found breeam.org
online at: perigordvacance.typepad.com/files
inventoryofcarbonenergy.pdf SKA Ratings guide
rics.org/uk
We want to make the selection of sustainable solutions
simpler for our customers. In order to do this we have begun Green Guide
developing Life Cycle Assessments (LCA) for our product bre.co.uk/greenguide
ranges. The independently verified EPD, which are the result
of the Life Cycle Assessment (LCA) process, are designed to LEED
usgbc.org/leed

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C02. S01. P58


Technical
performance
C02

C02. S01. P59 british-gypsum.com


Introduction
!
This section includes updated information, added since it was first
published in December 2015.
Section Last updated
Introduction -
FireCase 14/06/2017

Steel encasements
GypLyner encase 11/05/2017

C03
CO3

Steel encasements
Introduction

Steel encasements
Steel encasements

This section contains steel encasement systems that provide up


to 180 minutes of fire protection to structural steel columns and
120 minutes for structural steel beams and joists
C03

C03. S01. P01 british-gypsum.com


Introduction
Steel encasements

Steel encasements
Passive fire protection is a vital component of
any fire safety strategy. It safeguards peoples
lives and limits the financial impact of damage
to buildings and their contents. The protection
of the superstructure from fire is especially

C03
important, as once its integrity is compromised,
the whole buildings stability will be at risk.

We have two types of solution:


FireCase C03. S02. P02
A frameless structural steel encasement
where the board linings are fixed to
themselves to minimise space intrusion. The
system can be used in buildings before they
are fully watertight to improve speed of
project handover
GypLyner encase C03. S03. P02
A metal framed structural steel encasement
system for greater flexibility of installation

Each system section takes you through the


process of selecting the required lining type
and thickness to provide a range of standard
structural steel beam, column and joist sizes
with the fire protection level needed.

Both systems are able to accept standard


methods of finishing; tape and joint or Thistle
skim plaster, to aesthetically match surrounding
elements. An aesthetic finish is not necessary
with the FireCase system to maintain its fire
performance.

You may also be interested in...


If you need to protect structual steel within the cavity,
Refer to GypWall quiet C04. S07. P02 or
GypWall quiet iwl C04. S08. P02

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S01. P02


Back to Contents Page
Steel encasements
Introduction
Steel encasements
C03

Areas to consider when specifying All year round installation


Unlike some alternative fire protection technologies, for example Glasroc F firecase and Gyproc plasterboards have an operational
intumescent paint, our encasement systems will give acoustic tolerance from below freezing to +49C, whereas some alternative
benefits by reducing sound transmission through the steelwork. technologies are often +5C to +30C. This ensures that there are no
Further improvements can be made to the sound insulation potential problems with the build program in UK winter conditions.
performance by the inclusion of Isover insulation within the
system, and by modifying the abutment detailing to reduce Building programme efficiencies
flanking sound transmission.
The FireCase and GypLyner encase systems allow other trades to
Refer to figure 1. work in close proximity and simultaneously. Some alternative
technologies require areas of the site to be closed off due to the
Using FireCase or GypLyner encase could therefore offer both savings containment of overspray and fumes.
and simplification over alternative fire protection technologies that
may require overboarding. Ease of maintenance
Using the Regulatory Reform (fire safety) Order (RRO) the
Thickness of applied fire protection
responsible person has duty of care for maintaining the buildings
Glasroc F firecase and Gyproc plasterboards are manufactured to fire protection systems. The FireCase and GypLyner encase systems
stringent factory tolerances, giving the client peace of mind that are robust but should damage occur it is easy to identify and simple
the correct thickness of fire protection has been applied, ensuring to repair or replace, making management and maintenance simple
life safety in the event of a fire. for building owners.

Benefits to compartmentation
Using the FireCase or the GypLyner encase systems will eliminate
any potential problems with compartmentation. Unlike some Additional information
alternative fire protection technologies, e.g. paint, using the
FireCase or GypLyner encase systems will ensure that there are no Try out The White Book System Selector,
potential problems with insulation failure through the steelwork. an online tool designed to help find the
ideal solutions for your project needs.
Refer to figure 2.
Visit british-gypsum.com

C03. S01. P03 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Steel encasements (continued)

Introduction
1

Steel encasements
Partition
performance

C03
maintained
Sound

Benefit to acoustics

180C fire
insulation
maintained

Fire

Benefits of compartmentation

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S01. P04


Back to Contents Page
FireCase

FireCase
Steel encasements

Frameless structural steel encasement system that provides


up to 120 minutes fire protection

All our systems are covered by SpecSure when using


C03

genuine British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover products


FireCase
FireCase
FireCase is a frameless structural steel

Steel encasements
30 120
encasement system that provides up to mins

120 minutes fire protection to a wide range


of universal beam, column and joist sizes.
Installation is quick and easy owing to the ability Refer to C01. S01. P07
to fix Glasroc F firecase boards to one another

C03
without the need for additional framing.

The Glasroc F firecase lining provides a smooth, System can be skim


finished with

robust surface with no requirement to joint Thistle PureFinish.


Refer to C02. S01. P49

or apply a decorative treatment.

Key benefits
Frameless system that minimises the space
needed to provide fire protection to structural
steel
Reduced installation time as Glasroc F firecase
boards can be screw-fixed to one another
without the need for other components
Build-programme flexibility and earlier
installation as the inherent moisture
resistance capability of Glasroc F firecase
means that installation of the FireCase system
can commence before the building envelope is
fully weather tight
FireCase system is easy to inspect for
continuity when compared to intumescent
paint solutions, giving greater peace of mind
both immediately after installation and during
maintenance inspections
Reduced waste and labour onsite as bespoke,
pre-cut widths of Glasroc F firecase are
available (subject to minimum order quantity)
High levels of acoustic insulation, in
addition to excellent fire protection
performance, can be maintained with
appropriate detailing to the abutments
between GypWall partition systems and
FireCase steel encasements
British Board of Agrment (BBA) approved
(93/2935)

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P02


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design
FireCase

Planning key factors Where these criteria are not met, the partition framing must be
suitably fixed to the structural steel section, through the
FireCase steel encasement is suitable for protecting structural steel
Glasroc F firecase cladding. Where the partition abuts the web of the
sections with a section factor A/V (Hp/A) up to 260m-1, calculated
Steel encasements

structural steel, a suitable steel nogging must be provided.


on the basis of box protection to three or four sides as required. It
will protect universal column and beam sections described in Refer to construction detail 10.
BS 4: Part 1, and many joist and castellated beam sections.
Partition to structural steelwork junctions
Lining selection When designing the layout of rooms requiring separation by sound
Follow the procedure below to determine the thickness of cladding insulating walls abutting structural steelwork, consideration should
required: be given to the potential loss of sound insulation performance
C03

through the steelwork.


Option 1
Use tables 2 - 4 to select steel size and fire protection then read off Figures 13 to 16 are example details relating to a typical scenario
the required board size. where a partition is specified against a requirement of Rw 50dB.
Although these details refer to structural steel column abutments,
Option 2 similar principles apply when abutting structural steel beams.
1 Ascertain whether protection is required on three or four We recommend that these details are checked by an Acoustic
sides of the section Consultant, in particular the performance via the flanking structure.

2 Find out what period of fire protection is required


Finishing
3 Refer to the A/V (Hp/A) tables 5 - 7. Locate the steel
Glasroc F firecase joints can be treated using Gyproc Joint Tape
section to be protected, listed by its size and mass
bedded in Gyproc Joint Cement. External angles / corners can be
per metre, and read off the section factor A/V
reinforced using Gyproc Drywall Metal Angle Bead bedded in
4 Refer to tables 8 - 11. Locate the A/V value on the vertical Gyproc Joint Cement.
scale on the appropriate table. Read across the chart to
the column relating to the period of fire protection Refer to C08. S03. P02 Finishes, Jointing.
required and read off the designated thickness of the
relevant cladding required to form the encasement If a plaster finish is required, joints should be reinforced and
Thistle BoardFinish, Thistle DuraFinish or Thistle MultiFinish
5 Select the type of board to be using the key below each table
applied.

For castellated sections and cellular beams please refer to the Refer to C08. S02. P02 Finishes, Plaster skimming and
Association for Specialist Fire Protection publication, C07. S02. P02 Linings, Plaster systems.
ASFP Yellow Book - Fire Protection for Structural Steel in buildings
for guidance, available to download from asfp.org.uk Jointing and finishing is not a requirement of meeting the specified
fire resistance. Board joints / abutments must be a flush fit.
Partition fixing

Partitions and wall linings may be fixed directly to the


Glasroc F firecase cladding as long as: Important information
1 The fire resistance requirement of the partition is
Where steel section web dimensions
60 minutes or less
exceed 600mm, additional support
2 There are no special requirements for pressure will be required for the cladding.
resistance, e.g. around lift shafts Please contact the British Gypsum
3 There are no special loading requirements, i.e. Heavy Duty Technical Advice Centre for guidance.
or Severe Duty as defined in recognised partition performance All joints should be staggered by
specifications (e.g. BS 5234) minimum of 600mm.
Refer to construction detail 9.

C03. S02. P03 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design (continued)

FireCase
Table 1 Specialist board fixings

Board Minimum fixing length

Steel encasements
thickness
(mm) Board-to-board fixing Board-to-metal fixing

15 40mm Glasroc F firecase Screws 40mm Glasroc F firecase Screws

20 50mm Glasroc F firecase Screws 40mm Glasroc F firecase Screws

25 58mm Glasroc F firecase Screws 40mm Glasroc F firecase Screws

30 70mm Glasroc F firecase Screws 40mm Glasroc F firecase Screws

C03
15 + 20 40mm and 50mm Glasroc F firecase Screws 40mm and 50mm Glasroc F firecase Screws

Important information
Where partitions abut a FireCase column or beam encasement
and it is important to minimise the downgrade in acoustic
performance, use either:
Isover insulation within the web space
Refer to construction details 14 and 15; or
Additional framing, Isover insulation and Gyproc
plasterboard lining
Refer to construction detail 16

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P04


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design (continued)
FireCase

For details of when


to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 2 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Glasroc F firecase lining thickness for universal beam sizes
Steel encasements

Universal beam serial size of steel Total Glasroc F firecase board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasement 4 sided encasement
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
1016 305 487 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 438 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 393 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 349 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 314 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 272 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
C03

305 249 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
305 222 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
914 419 388 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
419 343 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 289 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 253 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
305 224 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
305 201 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
838 292 226 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
292 194 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
292 176 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
762 267 197 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
267 173 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
267 147 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
267 134 15 15 15 30 15 15 20 30
686 254 170 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
254 152 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
254 140 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 30
224 125 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
610 305 238 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 179 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
305 149 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
229 140 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
229 125 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 30
229 113 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
229 101 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
178 100 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
178 92 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
178 82 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
533 312 273 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
312 219 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
312 182 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
312 151 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
210 138 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
210 122 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
210 109 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
210 101 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
210 92 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
210 82 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
165 85 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
165 75 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
165 66 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30

Glasroc F firecase thickness combinations:


1
Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:

15mm = 1 x 15mm
20mm = 1 x 20mm
25mm = 1 x 25mm
30mm = 1 x 30mm D
35mm = 1 x 15mm + 1 x 20mm

System references: D120001 (screwed system)


B

C03. S02. P05 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design (continued)

FireCase
For details of when
to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 2 (continued) 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Glasroc F firecase lining thickness for universal beam sizes

Steel encasements
Universal beam serial size of steel Total Glasroc F firecase board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasement 4 sided encasement
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
457 191 161 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
191 133 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
191 106 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
191 98 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 30
191 89 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
191 82 15 15 15 30 15 15 20 30

C03
191 74 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
191 67 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
152 82 15 15 15 30 15 15 20 30
152 74 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
152 67 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
152 60 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
152 52 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
406 178 85 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
178 74 15 15 15 30 15 15 20 30
178 67 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
178 60 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
178 54 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
140 53 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
140 46 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
140 39 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 30
356 171 67 15 15 15 30 15 15 20 30
171 57 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
171 51 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
171 45 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
127 39 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
127 33 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 30
305 165 54 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
165 46 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
165 40 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
127 48 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
127 42 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
127 37 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
102 33 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
102 28 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 30
102 25 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 35
254 146 43 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
146 37 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
146 31 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
102 28 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
102 25 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 30
102 22 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 35
203 133 30 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
133 25 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
102 23 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30
178 102 19 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 30
152 89 16 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 30
127 76 13 15 15 25 30 15 15 25 30

Glasroc F firecase thickness combinations:


1
Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:

15mm = 1 x 15mm
20mm = 1 x 20mm
25mm = 1 x 25mm
30mm = 1 x 30mm D
35mm = 1 x 15mm + 1 x 20mm

System references: D120001 (screwed system)


B

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P06


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design (continued)
FireCase

For details of when


to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 3 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Glasroc F firecase lining thickness for universal column sizes
Total Glasroc F firecase board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1
Steel encasements

Universal column serial size of steel


(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasement 4 sided encasement
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
356 406 634 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 551 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 467 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 393 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 340 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 287 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
C03

406 235 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
368 202 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
368 177 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
368 153 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
368 129 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
305 305 283 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 240 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 198 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 158 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 137 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
305 118 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
305 97 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
254 254 167 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
254 132 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
254 107 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
254 89 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
254 73 15 15 15 20 15 15 20 30
203 203 127 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
203 113 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
203 100 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
203 86 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
203 71 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
203 60 15 15 15 20 15 15 20 30
203 52 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
203 46 15 15 15 30 15 15 20 30
152 152 51 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
152 44 15 15 15 20 15 15 20 30
152 37 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
152 30 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
152 23 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30

Glasroc F firecase thickness combinations:


1
Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:

15mm = 1 x 15mm
20mm = 1 x 20mm
25mm = 1 x 25mm
30mm = 1 x 30mm D
35mm = 1 x 15mm + 1 x 20mm

System references: D120001 (screwed system)


B

C03. S02. P07 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design (continued)

FireCase
For details of when
to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 4 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Glasroc F firecase lining thickness for universal joist sizes
Total Glasroc F firecase board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1

Steel encasements
Universal joist serial size of steel
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasement 4 sided encasement
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
356 406 634 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 551 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 467 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 393 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 340 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 287 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
406 235 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15

C03
368 202 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
368 177 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
368 153 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
368 129 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
305 305 283 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 240 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 198 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 158 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
305 137 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
305 118 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
305 97 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
254 254 167 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
254 132 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
254 107 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
254 89 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 20
254 73 15 15 15 20 15 15 20 30
203 203 127 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
203 113 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
203 100 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
203 86 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 20
203 71 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
203 60 15 15 15 20 15 15 20 30
203 52 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
203 46 15 15 15 30 15 15 20 30
152 152 51 15 15 15 20 15 15 15 25
152 44 15 15 15 20 15 15 20 30
152 37 15 15 15 25 15 15 20 30
152 30 15 15 20 30 15 15 20 30
152 23 15 15 20 30 15 15 25 30

Glasroc F firecase thickness combinations:


1
Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:

15mm = 1 x 15mm
20mm = 1 x 20mm
25mm = 1 x 25mm
30mm = 1 x 30mm D
35mm = 1 x 15mm + 1 x 20mm

System references: D120001 (screwed system)


B

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P08


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design (continued)
FireCase

Table 5 Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal beams Table 5 (continued) Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal beams

Universal beams A / V Values Universal beams A / V Values


serial size of steel 3 sided 4 sided serial size of steel 3 sided 4 sided
Steel encasements

(mm x mm x kg/m) encasement encasement (mm x mm x kg/m) encasement encasement


D B Mass/metre m-1 m-1 D B Mass/metre m-1 m-1
1016 305 487 40 45 457 191 161 60 65
305 438 40 50 191 133 70 80
305 393 45 55 191 106 85 100
305 349 50 60 191 98 90 105
305 314 55 65 191 89 100 115
305 272 65 75 191 82 105 125
305 249 70 80 191 74 115 135
C03

305 222 80 90 191 67 130 150


914 419 388 45 55 152 82 105 120
419 343 50 60 152 74 115 130
305 289 60 65 152 67 125 145
305 253 65 75 152 60 140 160
305 224 75 85 152 52 160 180
305 201 80 95 406 178 85 95 110
838 292 226 70 80 178 74 105 125
292 194 80 90 178 67 115 140
292 176 90 100 178 60 130 155
762 267 197 70 85 178 54 145 170
267 173 80 95 140 53 140 160
267 147 95 110 140 46 160 185
267 134 105 120 140 39 190 215
686 254 170 75 90 356 171 67 105 125
254 152 85 95 171 57 120 145
254 140 90 105 171 51 135 160
254 125 100 115 171 45 150 180
610 305 238 50 60 127 39 165 195
305 179 70 80 127 33 195 225
305 149 80 95 305 165 54 115 140
229 140 80 95 165 46 135 160
229 125 90 105 165 40 150 185
229 113 100 115 127 48 120 145
229 101 110 130 127 42 140 160
178 100 110 125 127 37 155 180
178 92 120 135 102 33 175 200
178 82 130 150 102 28 200 230
533 312 273 40 50 102 25 225 255
312 219 50 65 254 146 43 120 150
312 182 60 75 146 37 140 170
312 151 75 90 146 31 165 200
210 138 75 85 102 28 175 200
210 122 85 95 102 25 190 225
210 109 95 110 102 22 220 255
210 101 100 115 203 133 30 145 180
210 92 110 125 133 25 170 210
210 82 120 140 102 23 175 205
165 85 115 130 178 102 19 190 230
165 75 130 145 152 89 16 195 235
165 66 145 165 127 76 13 200 245

Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:

You may also be interested in...

Need 180mins fire protection? If so, consider the


GypLyner encase system.
Refer to C03. S03. P10

C03. S02. P09 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase design (continued)

FireCase
Table 6 Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal columns Table 7 Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal joist

Universal columns A / V Values Universal joist A / V Values


serial size of steel 3 sided 4 sided serial size of steel 3 sided 4 sided

Steel encasements
(mm x mm x kg/m) encasement encasement (mm x mm x kg/m) encasement encasement
D B Mass/metre m-1 m-1 D B Mass/metre m-1 m-1
356 406 634 15 20 254 203 82 70 90
406 551 20 25 114 37 130 155
406 467 20 30 203 152 52 85 105
406 393 25 35 102 25 155 190
406 340 30 35 178 102 22 165 205
406 287 30 45 152 127 37 90 120
406 235 40 50 89 17 180 220
368 202 45 60 76 18 165 200

C03
368 177 50 65 127 114 30 100 130
368 153 55 75 114 27 110 140
368 129 65 90 76 16 155 195
305 305 283 30 40 76 13 195 240
305 240 35 45 114 114 27 100 135
305 198 40 50 102 102 23 105 140
305 158 50 65 64 10 215 270
305 137 55 70 44 7 260 305
305 118 60 85 89 89 19 105 145
305 97 75 100 76 76 15 120 165
254 254 167 40 50 76 76 13 140 185
254 132 50 65
254 107 60 75 Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:
254 89 70 90
254 73 80 110
203 203 127 45 55
203 113 45 60
203 100 55 70
203 86 60 80
203 71 70 95 D
203 60 80 110
203 52 95 125
203 46 105 140
152 152 51 75 100
152 44 85 115
152 37 100 135
B
152 30 120 160
152 23 155 210

SpecSure
All our systems are covered by SpecSure
when using genuine British Gypsum and
Saint-Gobain Isover products.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P10


Back to Contents Page
FireCase performance
FireCase

Table 8 Table 9
Steel encasements

Solutions to satisfy the 550C criteria when Solutions to satisfy the 550C criteria when
tested in accordance with BS EN 13381-4: 2013 tested in accordance with BS EN 13381-4: 2013
(four-sided columns only) (three-sided beams only)
Refer to C02. S01. P05 Refer to C02. S01. P05

260 260
C03

240 240
D C
220 220

205 203
200 200
B
180 180
Section factor A/V (Hp/A)m-1

Section factor A/V (Hp/A)m-1


160 C 164
160 B

140 140
A D A 134
125
120 119 120
113 D 110
108
100 100
B C
80
C 80
84

A B
60
A 63 63
60
68

52
40 40
A B A
C
20 20

30 60 90 120 30 60 90 120
Fire protection (minutes) Fire protection (minutes)

Key - Thickness of Glasroc F firecase required Key - Thickness of Glasroc F firecase required
A = 15mm A = 15mm
B = 20mm B = 20mm
C = 25mm C = 25mm
D = 30mm D = 30mm

System references: D120001 (screwed system) System references: D120001 (screwed system)

C03. S02. P11 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase performance (continued)

FireCase
Table 10 Table 11

Steel encasements
Solutions to satisfy the 550C criteria when Solutions to satisfy the 620C criteria when
tested in accordance with BS 476: Part 20: 1987 tested in accordance with BS 476: Part 20: 1987
(beam and column encasement) (beam and column encasement)
Refer to C02. S01. P05 Refer to C02. S01. P05

260 260
E

C03
250
240 240

C
220 C 220

200 200
190

180 180 180


D
D
Section factor A/V (Hp/A)m-1

Section factor A/V (Hp/A)m-1


160 160 B

140 B 140
A A A A 130

120 120
110
100 105 100 100 C
90
C 90
80 80 B
B
A 70
60 65 60
A
40
A
40
A
20 20

30 60 90 120 30 60 90 120
Fire protection (minutes) Fire protection (minutes)

Key - Thickness of Glasroc F firecase required Key - Thickness of Glasroc F firecase required

A = 15mm A = 15mm
B = 20mm B = 20mm
C = 25mm C = 25mm
D = 30mm1 D = 30mm1
E = 35mm (15mm + 20mm)
System references: D120001 (screwed system)
System references: D120001 (screwed system)

1
For columns, either 1 x 30mm or 2 x 15mm may be used. For beams, 2 x 15mm should be used.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P12


Back to Contents Page
FireCase construction details
FireCase

1 2
Steel encasements

1
C03

3
2
2

Four-sided column encasement for up to Three-sided column encasement incorporating steel


120 minutes fire protection angles for up to 120 minutes fire protection

3 4

5 2

Three-sided column encasement incorporating


Glasroc F firecase soldiers for up to 90 minutes Four-sided column encasement for up to
fire protection 120 minutes fire protection - double layer

1 Structural steel 4 Gypframe FEA1 Steel Angle suitably fixed to column flange at
2 Glasroc F firecase fixed together with Glasroc F firecase Screws at 600mm centres
150mm centres 5 Glasroc F firecase soldiers at 1200mm centres (two together at
3 Board joints staggered by minimum 600mm between adjacent sides board joints)

C03. S02. P13 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase construction details (continued)

FireCase
5 6

Steel encasements
1 1
3 3

C03
4

2 2

5 6

Three-sided beam encasement incorporating Three-sided beam encasement incorporating


steel angles for up to 120 minutes fire protection Glasroc F firecase soldiers for up to 90 minutes fire protection

7 8

2
7

5
8

Three-sided beam encasement incorporating steel angles


for up to 120 minutes fire protection - double layer Column and beam encasement junction

1 Structural steel 5 60mm wide Glasroc F firecase backing strip


2 Glasroc F firecase fixed together with Glasroc F firecase Screws 6 Glasroc F firecase soldiers at 1200mm centres (two together at
at 150mm centres board joints)
3 Board joints staggered by minimum 600mm between adjacent sides 7 Beam encasement boards butted tight to column encasement
4 Gypframe FEA1 Steel Angle suitably fixed to beam flange at 8 Column encasement boards cut around penetrations
600mm centres

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P14


Back to Contents Page
FireCase construction details (continued)
FireCase

9 10
Steel encasements

2 2

1 1

3 5

4 6
C03

4 7

Column encasement and partition junction for partitions up to Column encasement and partition junction for partitions up to
60 minutes fire resistance and BS 5234 Light and Medium Duty 120 minutes fire resistance and BS 5234 Heavy and Severe Duty

11 12

1 1

2 2

3
4 6

Beam encasement and partition junction for partitions up to Beam encasement and partition junction for partitions up to
60 minutes fire resistance and BS 5234 Light and Medium Duty 120 minutes fire resistance and BS 5234 Heavy and Severe Duty

1 Structural steel 5 Suitable size Z-section (by others) fixed between column flanges at
2 FireCase encasement 600mm centres
3 Additional layer of Glasroc F firecase forming packer to receive 6 Gypframe C Stud / Channel suitably fixed through Glasroc F firecase
partition fixing to structural steel at 600mm centres (in two lines staggered by 300mm
for studs wider than 75mm)
4 Gypframe C Stud / Channel bonded to Glasroc F firecase with
continuous bead of Gyproc Sealant (two beads for studs wider 7 Gypframe C Stud suitably fixed through Glasroc F firecase to Z-sections
than 75mm) and fixed with British Gypsum Drywall Screws at 600mm (in two lines for studs wider than 75mm)
centres (in two lines staggered by 300mm for studs wider than 75mm).
Allow 24 hours before boarding

To optimise accoustic performance install Isover insulation within the encasement void.

C03. S02. P15 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase construction details (continued)

FireCase
13

Steel encasements
5

C03
4

3
7
Rw 50dB Typically
Rw 25dB

Exposed / painted steel column

14

5
6

4
1

3
7
Rw 50dB Estimated
Potential
Rw 50dB
flanking sound
transmission

Encased steel column

1 Gyproc DuraLine 5 Structural steel


2 Gypframe AcouStud 6 Glasroc F firecase
3 Gypframe C Stud 7 Gyproc Sealant
4 Isover insulation

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P16


Back to Contents Page
FireCase construction details (continued)
FireCase

15

5
Steel encasements

4
6

2
C03

Rw 50dB 6
Estimated
Reduced risk of Rw 50dB 1
flanking sound
transmission

Encased steel column with additional plasterboard lining

16 5
6
4

Rw 50dB
6

1
Estimated
Rw 50dB
subject to width
of encasement

Encased steel column with additional framing, insulation and plasterboard lining

1 Gyproc DuraLine 5 Structural steel


2 Gypframe AcouStud 6 Glasroc F firecase
3 Gypframe C Stud 7 Gyproc Sealant
4 Isover insulation

C03. S02. P17 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase construction details (continued)

FireCase
17

Steel encasements
1

C03
3
4

Column flange projection less than 30mm

18

5
6

Column flange projection less than 30mm using steel angles

19

Encasement flush with blockwork

1 Blockwork 5 Gypframe FEA1 Steel Angle suitably fixed to blockwork


2 Structural steel at 600mm centres
3 Minimum 50mm wide strip of Glasroc F firecase suitably fixed 6 Glasroc F firecase fixed together and to Gypframe FEA1 Steel Angles
to blockwork at 600mm centres with Glasroc F firecase Screws at 150mm centres
4 Glasroc F firecase suitably fixed through packer to blockwork 7 Glasroc F firecase fixed to column with mechanical steel pin fixings
at 150mm centres at 300mm centres, in two lines staggered by 150mm

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P18


Back to Contents Page
FireCase system components
FireCase

Gypframe metal components ( Refer to C10. S02. P14 for details)

Gypframe FEA1 Steel Angle


Steel encasements

Steel angle providing framing stability and


board support.

Board products ( Refer to section C10. S03. P19 for details)

Glasroc F firecase
C03

Non-combustible glass-reinforced gypsum board


giving up to 120 minutes fire protection.

Fixing products ( Refer to C10. S04. P04 for details)

Glasroc F firecase Screws


Corrosion resistant self-tapping steel screws with
unique head design that countersinks itself into
Glasroc F firecase board to board and board to metal
framing.

Plasterboard accessories ( Refer to C10. S05. P02 for details)

Gyproc Jointing Material Gyproc edge and angle beads


Jointing compounds, ready mixes and adhesives Protecting and enhancing board edges and corners
for reinforcement and finishing of board joints.
Primers and sealers for treatment of boards for
pre-decoration.

Gyproc Sealant
Used to seal paths for optimal sound insulation.

Finishing products ( Refer to C10. S06. P02 for details)

Thistle MultiFinish Thistle PureFinish


To provide a plaster skim finish on most common To provide a plaster skim finish with
backgrounds including undercoat plasters and ACTIVair technology. Used to finish most
plasterboard. common backgrounds including undercoat plasters
and plasterboard. For more information refer to
C02. S01. P49.

Thistle BoardFinish Thistle DuraFinish


To provide a plaster skim finish to Gyproc To provide a plaster skim finish and provide up to
plasterboards. 60% tougher resistance to accidental damage.

Plaster accessories
Designed for the reinforcement and finishing of
board joints before plaster skimming.

C03. S02. P19 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
FireCase installation overview

FireCase
This is intended to be a basic description of how the system is built. For detailed installation guidance refer to the British Gypsum Site Book.

Steel encasements
C03
For four-sided protection to steel columns, For two or three-sided protection to steel Glasroc F firecase boards are cut to width and
Glasroc F firecase boards are positioned and beams or columns, Gypframe FEA1 Steel fixed to the Gypframe FEA1 Steel Angles
fixed board to board using Glasroc F firecase Angles are located to both sides of the wall / with Glasroc F firecase Screws.
Screws. soffit flange and secured using appropriate
fixings.

Where Glasroc F firecase boards abut they Additional layers of Glasroc F firecase are
can be fixed together with Glasroc F firecase fixed as before, with staggered joints.
Screws. For single layer steel beam encasements,
additional strips of Glasroc F firecase are
installed behind the ends of the facia
board-ends so as to seal the joints.

Additional information
For full installation details, refer to the
British Gypsum Site Book, available to
download from british-gypsum.com

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S02. P20


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase

GypLyner encase
Steel encasements

Metal framed structural steel encasement system

All our systems are covered by SpecSure when using


C03

genuine British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover products


GypLyner encase
GypLyner encase
GypLyner encase is a fire protection system capable

Steel encasements
of providing up to 180 minutes fire resistance to 30 180
mins
structural steel columns and beams. Installation is
quick and easy due to the use of simple clip fixings
to secure the framing sections.
Refer to C01. S01. P07

C03
The system will protect all universal column and
beam sections with flange thicknesses between
6mm and 28mm. GypLyner encase will also protect System can be skim
finished with
many joist sections, portal frames, and castellated Thistle PureFinish.
Refer to C02. S01. P49

beam sections. It can be used in any type of


building where encasement to structural steel
is required.

Key benefits
Reduced installation time due to the simple,
clip-on framing system with GypLyner encase
Misalignment of structural steelwork can be
accommodated by the versatile framing
system to ensure the lining is straight and true
Improved acoustic performance as a result of
the boards being fixed into a framework
rather than directly into the steel beam or
column
Damage to GypLyner encase is more easily
identifiable when compared to other fire
protection systems such as intumescent paint

You may also be interested in...


Need to minimise the space taken by the
structural steel encasement system? If so,
consider the frameless FireCase system.
Refer to C03. S02. P02 FireCase

If you need to protect structural steel within the cavity.


Refer to C04. S07. P02 GypWall quiet or
C04. S08. P02 GypWall quiet iwl

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S03. P02


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase design
GypLyner encase

Planning - key factors

GypLyner encase steel encasement is suitable for protecting Handy hint


structural steel sections with a section factor A/V (Hp/A) up to
Steel encasements

260m-1, calculated on the basis of box protection to three or four Where larger encasement systems are
sides as required. It will protect all universal column and beam required, a boxing out method using
sections described in BS 4: Part 1, and many joist and castellated Gypframe studs and channels can be
beam sections. used.
Refer to construction details 7 - 8.
Building Design

This system comprises Gypframe GL10 GypLyner Steel Framing Clips


C03

located on steel sections at 800mm centres to support Partition fixing


Gypframe GL1 Lining Channels.
Partitions and wall linings can be fixed through to the metal
framework.
Lining selection
Refer to construction details 5 - 6.
Follow either of the procedures below to determine the thickness of
cladding required:
Water vapour resistance

Option 1 Vapour control can be provided to encasements which form part


Use tables 2 - 4 to select steel size and fire protection then read off of an external wall lining by using Gyproc FireLine duplex as the
the required board size. lining. The water vapour resistance can be further improved by
treating the lining surface with two coats of Gyproc Drywall Sealer.
Option 2 Where Glasroc F firecase or Glasroc F multiboard forms the lining,
1 Ascertain whether protection is required on three or four vapour control can be achieved by using a suitable proprietary paint
sides of the section treatment.

2 Find out what period of fire resistance is required


Board finishing
3 Refer to the A/V (Hp/A) tables 5 - 7. Locate the steel
section to be protected, listed by its size and mass per All board joints need to be taped and filled or skimmed to ensure
metre, and read off the section factor A/V fire protection is provided.

4 Refer to tables 8 - 11. Locate the A/V value on the Refer to C08. S01. P02 Finishes.
vertical scale on the appropriate table. Read across the
chart to the column relating to the period of fire
resistance required and read off the designated
thickness of the relevant cladding required to form the Important information
encasement
Where the steel section web or flange
5 Select the type of board to be used dimension exceeds 600mm, additional
support will be required for the
For castellated sections and cellular beams please refer to the cladding. Noggings of Gypframe GL1
Association for Specialist Fire Protection publication, ASFP Yellow Lining Channel are installed at 600mm
Book - Fire Protection for Structural Steel in Buildings for guidance, centres between adjacent Gypframe
available to download from asfp.org.uk GL1 Lining Channels to form
supplementary framing.
Size of encasement
All board joints should be staggered by
The minimum dimension of encasement required for three or a minimum of 600mm.
four-sided protection can be determined as shown in table 1.

Table 1 The minimum dimension of encasements required for three or four sided protection
Depth Calculation
Three-sided Overall steel section depth + 25mm +
encasements the thickness of lining board
Four-sided Overall steel section depth + 50mm +
encasements twice the thickness of lining board
Width Calculation
Three and
Overall steel section width + 20mm +
four-sided
twice the thickness of lining board Three-sided column Four-sided column
encasements
encasement encasement

C03. S03. P03 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase design (continued)

GypLyner encase
For details of when
to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 2 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Gyproc FireLine lining thickness for universal beam sizes
Universal beams serial size of steel Total Gyproc FireLine board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1

Steel encasements
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasements 4 sided encasements
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
1016 305 487 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 438 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 393 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 349 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 314 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 272 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 249 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30

C03
305 222 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
914 419 388 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
419 343 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 289 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 253 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 224 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 201 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
838 292 226 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
292 194 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
292 176 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
762 267 197 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
267 173 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
267 147 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
267 134 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
686 254 170 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
254 152 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
254 140 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
224 125 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
610 305 238 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 179 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 149 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
229 140 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
229 125 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
229 113 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
229 101 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
178 100 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
178 92 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
178 82 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
533 312 273 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
312 219 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
312 182 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
312 151 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
210 138 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
210 122 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
210 109 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
210 101 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
210 92 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
210 82 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
165 85 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
165 75 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
165 66 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
1
Gyproc FireLine thickness combinations

Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:
12.5mm = 1 x 12.5mm
25mm = 2 x 12.5mm
30mm = 2 x 15mm
37.5mm = 3 x 12.5mm
D

System reference: D150001




B

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S03. P04


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase design (continued)
GypLyner encase

For details of when


to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 2 (continued) 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required Refer to C02. S01. P05
Gyproc FireLine lining thickness for universal beam sizes
Steel encasements

Universal beams serial size of steel Total Gyproc FireLine board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasements 4 sided encasements
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
457 191 161 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
191 133 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
191 106 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
191 98 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
191 89 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
191 82 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
191 74 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
C03

191 67 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5


152 82 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 74 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 67 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 60 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 52 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
406 178 85 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
178 74 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
178 67 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
178 60 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
178 54 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
140 53 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
140 46 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
140 39 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 40
356 171 67 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
171 57 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
171 51 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
171 45 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
127 39 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 40
127 33 12.5 15 25 40 12.5 25 27.5 40
305 165 54 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
165 46 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
165 40 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
127 48 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
127 42 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
127 37 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
102 33 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 25 40
102 28 12.5 25 25 40 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
102 25 12.5 25 27.5 40 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
254 146 43 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
146 37 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
146 31 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 25 25 40
102 28 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 25 40
102 25 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 40
102 22 12.5 25 27.5 40 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
203 133 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
133 25 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 40
102 23 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 40
178 102 19 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
152 89 16 12.5 15 25 40 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
127 76 13 12.5 25 25 40 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
1
Gyproc FireLine thickness combinations

Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:

12.5mm = 1 x 12.5mm
15mm = 1 x 15mm
25mm = 2 x 12.5mm
27.5mm = 1 x 15mm + 1 x 12.5mm
D
30mm = 2 x 15mm
37.5mm = 3 x 12.5mm
40mm = 1 x 15mm + 2 x 12.5mm
42.5mm = 2 x 15mm + 1 x 12.5mm
B
System reference: D150001

C03. S03. P05 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase design (continued)

GypLyner encase
For details of when
to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 3 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required Refer to C02. S01. P05
Gyproc FireLine lining thickness for universal column sizes

Steel encasements
Universal columns serial size of steel Total Gyproc FireLine board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasements 4 sided encasements
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
356 406 634 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
406 551 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
406 467 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
406 393 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
406 340 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
406 287 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30

C03
406 235 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
368 202 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
368 177 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
368 153 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
368 129 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 305 283 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 240 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 198 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 158 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 137 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 118 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
305 97 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
254 254 167 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
254 132 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
254 107 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
254 89 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
254 73 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
203 203 127 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
203 113 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
203 100 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
203 86 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
203 71 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
203 60 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
203 52 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
203 46 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 152 51 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
152 44 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 37 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
152 23 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 40

For details of when


to specify fire
resistance using BS
Table 4 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20 for selecting the required Refer to C02. S01. P05
Gyproc FireLine lining thickness for universal joist sizes
Universal joist serial size of steel Total Gyproc FireLine board thickness (mm) to achieve fire resistance below1
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided encasements 4 sided encasements
D B Mass/metre 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min 30 min 60 min 90 min 120 min
254 203 82 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
114 37 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
203 152 52 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 30
102 25 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
178 102 22 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 40
152 127 37 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
89 17 12.5 15 25 37.5 12.5 25 27.5 40
76 18 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 25 25 40
127 114 30 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
114 27 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
76 16 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 40
76 13 12.5 15 25 40 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
114 114 27 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
102 102 23 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
64 10 12.5 15 27.5 40
44 7 12.5 25 27.5 42.5
89 89 19 12.5 12.5 25 30 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
76 76 15 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 12.5 25 37.5
76 13 12.5 12.5 25 37.5 12.5 15 25 37.5
1
Gyproc FireLine thickness combinations
Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:
12.5mm = 1 x 12.5mm 40mm = 1 x 15mm + 2 x 12.5mm
15mm = 1 x 15mm 42.5mm = 2 x 15mm + 1 x 12.5mm
25mm = 2 x 12.5mm - protection not possible D
27.5mm = 1 x 15mm + 1 x 12.5mm
30mm = 2 x 15mm System reference: D150001
37.5mm = 3 x 12.5mm
B

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S03. P06


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase design (continued)
GypLyner encase

Table 5 Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal beams Table 5 (continued) Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal beams
A / V values A / V values
Universal beams serial size of steel Universal beams serial size of steel
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided 4 sided (mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided 4 sided
Steel encasements

encasements encasements encasements encasements


Mass/ Mass/
D B m-1 m-1 D B m-1 m-1
metre metre
1016 305 487 40 45 457 191 161 60 65
305 438 40 50 191 133 70 80
305 393 45 55 191 106 85 100
305 349 50 60 191 98 90 105
305 314 55 65 191 89 100 115
305 272 65 75 191 82 105 125
C03

305 249 70 80 191 74 115 135


305 222 80 90 191 67 130 150
914 419 388 45 55 152 82 105 120
419 343 50 60 152 74 115 130
305 289 60 65 152 67 125 145
305 253 65 75 152 60 140 160
305 224 75 85 152 52 160 180
305 201 80 95 406 178 85 95 110
838 292 226 70 80 178 74 105 125
292 194 80 90 178 67 115 140
292 176 90 100 178 60 130 155
762 267 197 70 85 178 54 145 170
267 173 80 95 140 53 140 160
267 147 95 110 140 46 160 185
267 134 105 120 140 39 190 215
686 254 170 75 90 356 171 67 105 125
254 152 85 95 171 57 120 145
254 140 90 105 171 51 135 160
254 125 100 115 171 45 150 180
610 305 238 50 60 127 39 165 195
305 179 70 80 127 33 195 225
305 149 80 95 305 165 54 115 140
229 140 80 95 165 46 135 160
229 125 90 105 165 40 150 185
229 113 100 115 127 48 120 145
229 101 110 130 127 42 140 160
178 100 110 125 127 37 155 180
178 92 120 135 102 33 175 200
178 82 130 150 102 28 200 230
533 312 273 40 50 102 25 225 255
312 219 50 65 254 146 43 120 150
312 182 60 75 146 37 140 170
312 151 75 90 146 31 165 200
210 138 75 85 102 28 175 200
210 122 85 95 102 25 190 225
210 109 95 110 102 22 220 255
210 101 100 115 203 133 30 145 180
210 92 110 125 133 25 170 210
210 82 120 140 102 23 175 205
165 85 115 130 178 102 19 190 230
165 75 130 145 152 89 16 195 235
165 66 145 165 127 76 13 200 245

Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:

C03. S03. P07 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase design (continued)

GypLyner encase
Table 6 Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal columns Table 7 Section factor A/V (Hp/A) of universal joist
A / V values A / V values
Universal columns serial size of steel Universal joist serial size of steel
(mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided 4 sided (mm x mm x kg/m) 3 sided 4 sided

Steel encasements
encasements encasements encasements encasements
D B Mass/metre m-1 m-1 D B Mass/metre m-1 m-1
356 406 634 15 20 254 203 82 70 90
406 551 20 25 114 37 130 155
406 467 20 30 203 152 52 85 105
406 393 25 35 102 25 155 190
406 340 30 35 178 102 22 165 205
406 287 30 45 152 127 37 90 120
406 235 40 50 89 17 180 220
368 202 45 60 76 18 165 200

C03
368 177 50 65 127 114 30 100 130
368 153 55 75 114 27 110 140
368 129 65 90 76 16 155 195
305 305 283 30 40 76 13 195 240
305 240 35 45 114 114 27 100 135
305 198 40 50 102 102 23 105 140
305 158 50 65 64 10 215 270
305 137 55 70 44 7 260 305
305 118 60 85 89 89 19 105 145
305 97 75 100 76 76 15 120 165
254 254 167 40 50 76 13 140 185
254 132 50 65
254 107 60 75 Beam/column/joist dimension orientation:
254 89 70 90
254 73 80 110
203 203 127 45 55
203 113 45 60
203 100 55 70
203 86 60 80
203 71 70 95
203 60 80 110
D
203 52 95 125
203 46 105 140
152 152 51 75 100
152 44 85 115
152 37 100 135
152 30 120 160
152 23 155 210 B

SpecSure
All our systems are covered by SpecSure
when using genuine British Gypsum and
Saint-Gobain Isover products.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S03. P08


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase performance - columns and beams
GypLyner encase

Table 8 Table 9
Steel encasements

The 550C chart to BS EN 13381- 4: 2013 The 550C chart to BS 476: Part 20
for selecting Gyproc FireLine for selecting Gyproc FireLine
lining thickness lining thickness
Refer to C02. S01. P05 Refer to C02. S01. P05

260 260

D H
C03

240 240
232
C D 225
220 220

G
200 200 200
195
E 190
180 180 B
C
Section factor A/V (Hp/A) m-1

Section factor A/V (Hp/A) m-1


165
160 160
F
140 140
A 127
A
120 C D
120
110
100 103 100 C
94

80 80
A

60 60
C E
A
40 40

20 20

30 60 90 120 30 60 90 120
Fire protection (minutes) Fire protection (minutes)

Key - Thickness of Gyproc FireLine required Key - Thickness of Gyproc FireLine required

A = 12.5mm A = 12.5mm
B = 15mm B = 15mm
C = 25mm (12.5mm + 12.5mm) C = 25mm (12.5mm + 12.5mm)
D = 30mm (15mm + 15mm) D = 27.5mm (15mm + 12.5mm)
E = 45mm (15mm + 15mm + 15mm) E = 30mm (15mm + 15mm)
F = 37.5mm (12.5mm + 12.5mm + 12.5mm)
System reference: D150001 G = 40mm (15mm + 12.5mm + 12.5mm)
H = 42.5mm (15mm + 15mm + 12.5mm)

System reference: D150001

The fire resistance performances are for imperforate linings with all joints taped and filled or skimmed. The quoted performances are achieved only if
British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in
the specifications should be checked with British Gypsum.

C03. S03. P09 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase performance - columns and beams (continued)

GypLyner encase
Table 10 Table 11

Steel encasements
The 550C chart to BS 476: Part 8 The 550C chart to BS 476: Part 21
for selecting Glasroc F multiboard for selecting Glasroc F firecase
lining thickness lining thickness
Refer to C02. S01. P05 Refer to C02. S01. P05

260

C03
240
230 F
220 D

200 200
E
180 180 180
Section factor A/V (Hp/A) m-1

160 C
150

140 140 G 140


130

120 120
A D
100 100
Section factor A/V (Hp/A) m-1

D 90
80 80
C
80
B F B
60 60 60

40 40
A
20 20

30 60 90 120 180
Fire protection (minutes) Fire protection (minutes)

Key - Thickness of Glasroc F multiboard required Key - Thickness of Glasroc F firecase required

A = 6mm A = 35mm (20mm + 15mm)


B = 10mm B = 40mm (20mm + 20mm)
C = 12.5mm C = 45mm (25mm + 20mm)
D = 20mm (10mm + 10mm) D = 50mm (25mm + 25mm)
E = 25mm (12.5mm + 12.5mm)
F = 30mm (10mm + 10mm + 10mm) System reference: D120003
G = 37.5mm (12.5mm + 12.5mm + 12.5mm)

System reference: D150002

The fire resistance performances are for imperforate linings with all joints taped and filled or skimmed. The quoted performances are achieved only if
British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in
the specifications should be checked with British Gypsum.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S03. P10


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase construction details
GypLyner encase

1 2
Steel encasements

3 3

1 1

4
C03

6
5

2
2

Four-sided column encasement - single layer Four-sided column encasement - double layer

3 4

1 1

7 7

5 6

2 2

4 4

3 3

Three-sided beam encasement - single layer Three-sided beam encasement - double layer

1 Structural steel 5 Gypframe GL1 Lining Channel nogging or


2 Gyproc FireLine or Glasroc boards Gypframe GFT1 Fixing T at board joints
3 Gypframe GL1 Lining Channel 6 Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap at board joints
4 Gypframe GL10 GypLyner Steel Framing Clip 7 Gypframe GA2 Steel Angle

C03. S03. P11 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase construction details (continued)

GypLyner encase
5 6

Steel encasements
7

1
2
3 5

C03
1 4

13
3
8
13
10

9 11

2
4
9

5 10

Column encasement and partition junction Beam encasement and partition junction

7 8

10 10

12

10

2 2

10
6

Boxing out for columns up to 600mm wide using GypLyner iwl Boxing out for columns over 600mm wide using GypLyner iwl

1 Structural steel 7 Gypframe GA2 Steel Angle


2 Gyproc FireLine or Glasroc boards 8 Gypframe GL1 Lining Channel nogging at 600mm centres
3 Gypframe GL1 Lining Channel 9 Gyproc plasterboard
4 Gypframe GL10 GypLyner Steel Framing Clip 10 Gypframe C Studs
5 Gypframe GL1 Lining Channel nogging or 11 Gypframe Folded Edge Standard Floor & Ceiling Channel
Gypframe GFT1 Fixing T at board joints 12 Gypframe I Stud at 600mm centres
6 Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap at board joints 13 Gyproc Sealant

To optimise acoustic performance install Isover insulation within the encasement void.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S03. P12


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase system components
GypLyner encase

Gypframe metal components ( Refer to C10. S02. P02 for details)

Gypframe I Studs (48 I 50, 60 I 50, 60 I 70, 70 I 50, Gypframe C Studs (48 S 50, 60 S 50, 70 S 50,
Steel encasements

70 I 70, 92 I 90, 146 I 80, 146 TI 90 Tabbed) 70 S 60, 95 S 50, 92 S 60, 92 S 10, 146 S 50)
Enhanced strength stud that allows for increased Vertical stud providing acoustic and structural
lining height, designed to receive fixing of board. performances designed to receive fixing of board.
Allows an increase to the overall size of encasement. Allows an increase to the overall size of encasement.

Gypframe GL1 Lining Channel Gypframe GL3 Channel Connector


Main support channel to receive fixing of board. For joining two sections of Gypframe GL1
C03

Lining Channel.

Gypframe GL10 GypLyner Steel Framing Clip Gypframe GA2 Steel Angle
For connecting GL1 Lining Channel to flanges of Steel angle providing framing stability and
structural steel. board support.

Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap Gypframe GFT1 Fixing T


Used to support horizontal board joints. Used to support horizontal board joints.

Board products ( Refer to C10. S03. P02 for details)

Gyproc FireLine1 Glasroc F firecase


Gypsum plasterboard with fire resistant additives. Non-combustible glass-reinforced gypsum board
giving up to 180 minutes fire protection.

Gyproc DuraLine1 Glasroc F multiboard


Gypsum plasterboard with fire resistant additives Non-combustible glass-reinforced gypsum board.
and a high density core for enhanced sound
insulation and impact resistance performance.

1
Also available in a Moisture Resistant (mr) version. mr boards are specified in intermittent wet use areas.

Fixing products ( Refer to C10. S04. P02 for details)

British Gypsum Drywall Screws British Gypsum Wafer Head Drywall Screws
Corrosion resistant self-tapping steel screws Corrosion resistant self-tapping steel screws
for fixing board to metal framing less than for fixing metal to metal framing less than
0.8mm thick. 0.8mm thick.

British Gypsum Collated Drywall Screws Glasroc F firecase Screws


Corrosion resistant self-tapping steel screws Corrosion resistant self-tapping steel screws with
for fixing board to metal framing less than unique head design that countersinks itself into
0.8mm thick. Glasroc F firecase board to metal framing.

C03. S03. P13 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase system components (continued)

GypLyner encase
Plasterboard accessories ( Refer to C10. S05. P02 for details)

Gyproc Jointing Material Gyproc Drywall Metal Angle Bead

Steel encasements
Jointing compounds, ready mixes and adhesives Perforated, galvanised steel angle bead, designed
for reinforcement and finishing of board joints. as part of the jointing systems.
Primers and sealers for treatment of boards for
pre-decoration.

Gyproc Drywall Archbead Gyproc Drywall Metal Edge Bead


Extruded uPVC bead. This special design allows for Galvanised steel channel. Asymmetric profile

C03
curving around arches. with one perforated leg and pre-formed arris to
accommodate jointing material.

Gyproc Drywall Plastic Edge Bead


Extruded uPVC channel. Asymmetric profile
with one perforated leg and pre-formed arris to
accommodate jointing material.

Finishing products ( Refer to C10. S06. P02 for details)

Thistle MultiFinish Thistle PureFinish


To provide a plaster skim finish on most common To provide a plaster skim finish with
backgrounds including undercoat plasters and ACTIVair technology. Used to finish most
plasterboard. common backgrounds including undercoat plasters
and plasterboard. For more information refer to
C02. S01. P49.

Thistle BoardFinish Thistle DuraFinish


To provide a plaster skim finish to Gyproc To provide a plaster skim finish and provide up to
plasterboards. 60% tougher resistance to accidental damage.

Plaster accessories
Designed for the reinforcement and finishing of
board joints before plaster skimming. Handy hint
Looking for additional performance?
Consider the use of Gyproc DuraLine in
lieu of Gyproc FireLine to reduce
unplanned maintenance as this board
provides additional impact performance.
If you require 180 minutes fire protection,
double layer Glasroc F firecase provides the
ideal solution.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C03. S03. P14


Back to Contents Page
GypLyner encase installation overview
GypLyner encase

This is intended to be a basic description of how the system is built.


For detailed installation guidance refer to the British Gypsum Site Book.
Steel encasements
C03

Four-sided protection to steel columns, Gypframe GL1 Lining Channels are located For two or three-sided beams or columns
Gypframe GL10 GypLyner Steel Framing over the clips to form the steel framework. Gypframe GA2 Steel Angle is located to both
Clips are friction-fitted onto the column / sides of the wall / soffit flange and secured
beam flanges at 800mm centres. using appropriate fixings.

Boards are cut to width and fixed to all Board-end joints are backed using horizontal
framing members using British Gypsum noggings formed from an appropriate
Drywall Screws. Gypframe component: Gypframe GL1 Lining
Channel, Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap or
Gypframe GFT1 Fixing T.

Additional information
For full installation details, refer to the
British Gypsum Site Book, available to
download from british-gypsum.com

C03. S03. P15 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Introduction
!
This section includes updated information, added since it was first
published in December 2015.
Section Last updated
Introduction 14/06/2017
GypWall classic 11/05/2017
GypWall robust 16/12/2016
GypWall extreme 16/12/2016
GypWall quiet sf 16/12/2016
GypWall staggered 11/05/2017
GypWall quiet 16/12/2016
GypWall quiet iwl 16/12/2016
GypWall audio 16/12/2016
GypWall rapid dB Plus 14/06/2017
Non-loadbearing timber stud 16/12/2016

Partitions
CO4

Partitions
C04
Introduction

Partitions
This section contains a full range of lightweight partition and wall
systems for use in new and existing buildings. They cover all applications,
from simple space division to high performance walls
Partitions
C04
Introduction
Partitions
British Gypsum offers a full range of lightweight
partition and wall systems. Our systems are
non-loadbearing and constructed using modern,
drylining techniques. British Gypsum metal
framed partitions and walls can be used in all
types of new and existing buildings, including
private and social housing, apartments,

Partitions
healthcare, educational facilities, recreational
and industrial properties.

C04
They cover all applications, from simple space
division, through to high performance walls
designed to meet the most demanding fire
resistance, sound insulation, impact and height
requirements.

British Gypsum partition systems are constructed


using lightweight materials, which can give rise to
significant savings in structural design compared
to masonry alternatives. Big benefits also include
the speed of installation and reduction to overall
build costs.

Buildings need to evolve throughout their life to


suit changing demands placed upon them. Our
lightweight partition systems are easy to reconfigure
with minimal impact to both building and occupants
resulting in less disruption, optimising the
transformation process.

You may also be interested in...


For unique performance situations with specialist requirements:
Curved partitions Access to build from one side only
High levels of fire resistance High security including bomb blast

Refer to C05. S01. P02 Specialist partitions

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P02


Back to Contents Page
Partitions
Introduction

When specifying partitions, a number of performance characteristics are normally used to determine the required solution.
Depending on the project or construction type, these performance parameters could be set by minimum regulatory
standards, or a client or customer requirement for buildings that offer the highest standards of performance and comfort.

Our quick-reference partition system guide, below, allows you to simply select the performance categories of interest and
identify the British Gypsum partitions systems that best satisfy your project requirements.

Duty Maximum
Fire rating height1
Partition
Acoustic performance
performance thickness System Page
Partitions

mins mm Rw dB Rw + Ctr dB BS 5234 mm

Medium -
30 - 120 75 - 211 34 - 63 47 - 57 8100 GypWall classic C04.S02.P02
Severe
C04

60 - 120 102 - 132 42 - 58 - Severe 4900 GypWall robust C04.S03.P02

GypWall extreme (including


30 - 60 97 - 203 44 - 62 - Severe 7800 C04.S04.P02
exreme / robust Hybrid)

60 - 120 137 - 238 61 - 65 53 - 59 Severe 6800 GypWall quiet sf C04.S05.P02

Heavy -
30 - 90 102 - 208 49 - 63 48 - 55 5700 GypWall staggered C04.S06.P02
Severe

60 - 120 200 - 300 60 - 64 47 - 58 Severe 7500 GypWall quiet C04.S07.P02

60 - 120 200 66 - 70 58 - 62 Severe 3900 GypWall quiet iwl C04.S08.P02

60 - 120 300 - 800 67 - 80 56 - 71 Severe 11500 GypWall audio C04.S09.P02

30 75 - 102 40 - 46 - Medium 2700 GypWall rapid dB Plus C04.S10.P02

Non-loadbearing timber
30 - 120 88 - 196 34 - 52 - - - C04.S11.P02
stud (internal partitions)

Non-loadbearing timber
60 - 90 141 - 293 56 - 63 48 - 53 - - C04.S11.P05
stud (separating walls)

1
Based on studs at 600mm centres

Additional information
Try out The White Book System Selector, an online tool designed to help find the ideal solutions for your
project needs. Additional information such as BIM data (Revit), NBS clauses, CAD drawings and other
associated items can be downloaded. Visit british-gypsum.com

C04. S01. P03 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypWall performance

Introduction
Acoustic performance
Table 1 Sound insulation performance for residential specification
On-site Laboratory2
Approved Document E (England and Wales) Minimum solution Recommended solution
DnT,w + Ctr dB
(Rw + Ctr ) dB (Rw + Ctr ) dB

Separating walls between new homes 45 (49) (54)


Separating walls between purpose-built rooms for residential
43 (47) (52)
purposes and rooms created by a change of use or conversion

On-site Laboratory2

Partitions
Technical Standards Section 5 (Scotland) Minimum solution Recommended solution
DnT,w + Ctr dB
Rw dB Rw dB

Separating walls between new homes, purpose-built for residential


56 60 63
purposes and conversions (not including traditional buildings1)

Separating walls between rooms created by a change of use


53 57 60

C04
or conversion (traditional buildings1)

1
Definition of traditional buildings - A building or part of a building of a type constructed before or around 1919:
a) using construction techniques that were commonly in use before 1919; and
b) with permeable components, in a way that promotes the dissipation of moisture from the building fabric.
2
Minimum solutions provide little or no margin of safety to allow for reduction in performance due to flanking transmission. Recommended solutions have
greater potential to satisfy the requirements of Building regulations.

Good practice specification guidance


British Gypsums systems are designed and tested to meet Consider flanking transmission at the design stage and
every performance requirement and are fully supported by ensure construction detailing is specified to eliminate,
our SpecSure lifetime system warranty. or at least to minimise, any downgrading of the acoustic
performance
This means that when our systems are installed following
Small openings such as gaps, cracks or holes will conduct
our guidance they will achieve every performance claim we
airborne sounds and can significantly reduce the sound
make, and if they dont then well put it right.
insulation of a construction. For optimum sound
insulation a construction must be airtight
To maximise the performance achieved on site, consider the
following good practice specification guidance: When designing the layout of rooms requiring separation
by sound insulating walls abutting structural steelwork,
consideration should be given to the potential loss of
sound insulation performance through the steelwork
Deflection heads, by definition, must be able to move
and, therefore, achieving an airtight seal is very difficult
without incorporating sophisticated components and
techniques. Air leakage at the partition heads will have a
detrimental effect on acoustic performance of any
partition. Where acoustic performance is a key
consideration, steps must be taken to minimise this loss
of performance
A common mistake made when designing a building is to
specify a high performance element and then incorporate
a lower performing element within it; for example, a
door within a partition. Where the difference between
insulation is relatively small (7dB or less), there needs
to be a comparatively large area of the lower insulation
element before the overall sound insulation is
significantly affected. However, where there is a greater
difference in sound insulation performance between
the two elements, this would usually result in a greater
reduction of overall sound insulation performance

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P04


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall performance
Introduction

Table 2 GypWall classic metal stud partition recommended maximum heights (mm) - based on a limiting deflection of L/240 at
200Pa. Applicable to non fire-rated or BS 476: Part 22 fire-rated constructions only (not applicable to EN 1364-1: 1999)
Stud Boarding 600mm 600mm 400mm 400mm 300mm 300mm
each side centres boxed centres boxed centres boxed
48 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 2500 2800 2900 3200 3100 3500
1 x 15mm 2800 3000 3100 3300 3300 3600
2 x 12.5mm 3400 3600 3600 3800 3800 4000
2 x 15mm 3700 3800 3900 4000 4000 4200
48 I 50 1 x 12.5mm 2900 - 3400 - 3700 -
1 x 15mm 3100 - 3500 - 3800 -
Partitions

2 x 12.5mm 3700 - 3900 - 4200 -


2 x 15mm 3900 - 4200 - 4400 -
60 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 3200 3400 3500 3800 3800 4200
1 x 15mm 3400 3600 3700 4000 4000 4300
C04

2 x 12.5mm 4100 4300 4300 4600 4600 4800


2 x 15mm 4400 4500 4600 4800 4800 5000
60 I 50 1 x 12.5mm 3600 - 4000 - 4400 -
1 x 15mm 3800 - 4200 - 4500 -
2 x 12.5mm 4400 - 4700 - 5000 -
2 x 15mm 4600 - 4900 - 5200 -
60 I 70 1 x 12.5mm 4100 - 4600 - 5000 -
1 x 15mm 4200 - 4700 - 5100 -
2 x 12.5mm 4700 - 5100 - 5500 -
2 x 15mm 4900 - 5300 - 5600 -
70 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 3600 3900 4000 4300 4300 4700
1 x 15mm 3800 4100 4200 4500 4500 4900
2 x 12.5mm 4600 4800 4900 5100 5100 5400
2 x 15mm 4900 5100 5100 5300 5300 5600
70 S 60 1 x 12.5mm 3800 4100 4200 4600 4500 5000
1 x 15mm 4000 4300 4400 4700 4700 5100
2 x 12.5mm 4700 4900 5000 5300 5200 5600
2 x 15mm 5000 5200 5200 5500 5500 5800
70 AS 50 1 x 12.5mm 3800 4200 4300 4700 4600 5100
1 x 15mm 4000 4400 4500 4800 4700 5200
2 x 12.5mm 4700 5000 5000 5300 5300 5700
2 x 15mm 5000 5200 5300 5600 5500 5900
70 I 50 1 x 12.5mm 4100 - 4600 - 5000 -
1 x 15mm 4300 - 4700 - 5100 -
2 x 12.5mm 4900 - 5300 - 5600 -
2 x 15mm 5200 - 5500 - 5800 -
70 I 70 1 x 12.5mm 4600 - 5100 - 5600 -
1 x 15mm 4700 - 5300 - 5700 -
2 x 12.5mm 5300 - 5700 - 6100 -
2 x 15mm 5500 - 5900 - 6300 -
92 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 4500 4800 4900 5400 5300 5800
1 x 15mm 4700 5100 5200 5600 5500 6000
2 x 12.5mm 5700 5900 6000 6300 6200 6600
2 x 15mm 5900 6100 6200 6500 6400 6800

In all GypWall classic systems, it is recommended that for heights between 4200mm and 8000mm, the Gypframe Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel is
used. Gypframe Extra Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel is used for heights above 8000mm. Additional consideration needs to be given if there is a deflection
head requirement.

For the affect on acoustic performance refer to C02. S01. P30.

C04. S01. P05 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall performance (continued)

Introduction
Table 2 (continued) GypWall classic metal stud partition recommended maximum heights (mm) - based on a limiting
deflection of L/240 at 200Pa. Applicable to non fire-rated or BS 476: Part 22 fire-rated constructions only (not applicable to
EN 1364-1: 1999)
Stud Boarding 600mm 600mm 400mm 400mm 300mm 300mm
each side centres boxed centres boxed centres boxed
92 S 60 1 x 12.5mm 4700 5000 5200 5600 5600 6100
1 x 15mm 4900 5300 5400 5800 5800 6300
2 x 12.5mm 5800 6000 6100 6500 6500 6900
2 x 15mm 6000 6200 6300 6700 6600 7000
92 AS 50 1 x 12.5mm 4700 5100 5200 5700 5700 6200

Partitions
1 x 15mm 4900 5300 5400 5700 5800 6400
2 x 12.5mm 5800 6100 6200 6500 6500 6900
2 x 15mm 6000 6300 6400 6700 6700 7000
92 S 10 1 x 12.5mm 5300 5800 6000 6600 6500 7200
1 x 15mm 5500 6000 6100 6700 6600 7300

C04
2 x 12.5mm 6200 6600 6700 7200 7200 7700
2 x 15mm 6400 6800 6900 7400 7300 7800
92 I 90 1 x 12.5mm 6000 - 6800 - 7400 -
1 x 15mm 6200 - 6900 - 7500 -
2 x 12.5mm 6800 - 7400 - 7900 -
2 x 15mm 6900 - 7500 - 8000 -
146 S 50 1 x 12.5mm 6200 6800 6900 7600 7500 8300
1 x 15mm 6500 7000 7200 7800 7700 8400
2 x 12.5mm 7600 8000 8100 8600 8500 9100
2 x 15mm 7900 8200 8300 8800 8700 9300
146 AS 50 1 x 12.5mm 6600 7100 7300 8000 8000 8800
1 x 15mm 6800 7400 7600 8200 8200 8900
2 x 12.5mm 7800 8200 8400 8900 8900 9500
2 x 15mm 8100 8500 8600 9100 9100 9700
146 I 80 1 x 12.5mm 7900 - 8900 - 9700 -
1 x 15mm 8100 - 9000 - 9800 -
2 x 12.5mm 8800 - 9600 - 10400 -
2 x 15mm 9000 - 9800 - 10500 -
146 TI 90 1 x 12.5mm 8300 - 9400 - 10300 -
1 x 15mm 8400 - 9500 - 10400 -
2 x 12.5mm 9200 - 10100 - 10900 -
2 x 15mm 9400 - 10300 - 11100 -

In all GypWall classic systems, it is recommended that for heights between 4200mm and 8000mm, the Gypframe Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel is
used. Gypframe Extra Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel is used for heights above 8000mm. Additional consideration needs to be given if there is a deflection
head requirement.

For the affect on acoustic performance refer to C02. S01. P30.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P06


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details
Introduction

To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

3 1

300mm
Partitions

600mm

600mm

600mm
C04

300mm
6

Stud splicing detail

2 2a
Centres
at 600mm
Centres
at
thereafter
600mm
thereafter

1479mm
1479mm

50mm

50mm

50mm

75mm 75mm 75mm 75mm 75mm 28mm 28mm 28mm


38mm
38mm

38mm
30mm

38mm
879mm

879mm
279mm

279mm

70mm 92mm 146mm

48mm 60mm 70mm 146mm 70mm 92mm 146mm


92mm
stud stud stud stud AcouStud AcouStud AcouStud
stud

Service cut-outs - Gypframe C and Gypframe I Studs Service cut-outs - Gypframe AcouStuds

1 Gypframe 'I' Stud 4 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel


2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 5 British Gypsum Wafer Head Drywall Screws or
British Gypsum Wafer Head Jack-Point Screws
3 Gypframe AcouStud
6 Crimp

C04. S01. P07 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)

Introduction
To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

3 3a

Partitions
11
4

3 6

3
1

C04
2 7

Base with timber sole plate

6
4

10

Head and base Junction with masonry and stop end detail

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 7 Floating screed on resilient layer


2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 8 Timber sole plate suitably fixed to structure
3 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel 9 Internal blockwork
4 Gyproc Sealant 10 DriLyner basic wall lining system
5 Bulk fill Gyproc jointing materials (where gap exceeds 5mm) 11 Isover insulation
6 Skirting

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P08


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)
Introduction

To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

5 6

2 1

3
Partitions
C04

T Junction when partition with higher acoustic performance abuts


a partition with lower acoustic performance. Acoustic principles
T junction - single layer only - detail may not be suitable for all solutions

7a 7b

2 2
1
1
4

3
3

T junction to optimise acoustic performance and reduce T junction to optimise acoustic performance and reduce
flanking transmission flanking transmission

8 9

2 1

1
5

2
3

Four way junction to optimise acoustic performance and reduce


flanking transmission Splayed corner

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 4 Gypframe GA5 Internal Fixing Angle
2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 5 Gypframe GA6 Splayed Angle
3 Isover insulation

C04. S01. P09 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)

Introduction
To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

10 11

1
1

2
2

Partitions
Corner detail - single layer Corner detail - double layer

C04
12 13

16
mm
12 12
mm mm
2

3
1

1
4

Gypframe 99 FC 50 Fixing Channel


Typical control joint (short legs flattened at stud positions)

14

Gypframe Service Support Plate

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 5 Gypframe 99 FC 50 Fixing Channel


2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 6 18mm plywood
3 Stone mineral wool (minimum density 23kg/m3) (by others) 7 Gypframe Service Support Plate
4 Gyproc Control Joint

Installing the screw into the side of the Gypframe Service Support Plate and the web of the Gypframe 'C' Stud will avoid creating excessive distortion to
the lining board.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P10


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)
Introduction

To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

15
15mm 7 16 15mm 7
15mm 6 15mm 6

4 4
20mm 15mm 10

3
11
2
1 2
1
Partitions

Deflection head for 15mm downward movement Deflection head for 15mm downward movement
and 60 minutes fire resistance and up to 120 minutes fire resistance
C04

17 7 18
7
25mm 50mm
8 8

7
25mm 7 50mm

5 5

55mm
30mm

3
3
2
2
1
1

Deflection head for plus or minus 25mm movement Deflection head for 50mm downward movement
and 60 minutes fire resistance and 60 minutes fire resistance

19 20 7
7
25mm 9
50mm
9
7
25mm 7
50mm
5 5

30mm
3 55mm

3
2 2
1 1

Deflection head for plus or minus 25mm movement Deflection head for 50mm downward movement
and 60 minutes fire resistance and 60 minutes fire resistance

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 7 Gyproc FireStrip (continuous)


2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 8 Timber head plate suitably fixed to structure
3 Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap 9 25mm Glasroc F firecase
4 Gypframe Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel 10 Stone mineral wool (by others)
5 Gypframe Extra Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel 11 Nogging cut from Gypframe 'C' Stud
6 Gyproc CoreBoard

No fixings should be made through the boards into the flanges of the head channel. The arrow ( ) denotes the position of the uppermost board fixing,
which should be made into Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap (or stud nogging in construction detail 16). Continuous Gyproc FireStrip must be installed as shown to
maintain fire performance. Where there is a need for a deflection head in a 90 minute wall, the 120 minute solution can be used (refer to construction detail 16)
or alternatively, please contact the British Gypsum Technical Advice Centre for further guidance.

C04. S01. P11 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)

Introduction
To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

21 22

2
5 7
2

9
5
8
15mm 6 15mm 6
15mm 15mm

3 3

Partitions
15mm 10
15mm
10

C04
4
4
1
1

Deflection head parallel to floor profile for 15mm downward Deflection head perpendicular to floor profile for 15mm downward
movement and up to 60 minutes fire resistance 1 movement and up to 60 minutes fire resistance

23 24

12 12

13 13

1
1
4
4

11 11

14

Junction with external wall when acoustic performance is a key


Junction with external wall consideration - helps reduce flanking transmission

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 9 Gypframe 99 FC 50 Fixing Channel


2 Gyproc FireStrip (continuous line) 10 Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap fixed to studs with
3 Gypframe Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channels (DC) British Gypsum Wafer Head Drywall Screws
4 Gypframe 'C' Stud 11 Isover insulation
5 Gyproc Sealant 12 External facade
6 Gyproc CoreBoard 13 External wall frame stud / by other(s)
7 Fire-stopping (by others) 14 Cavity barrier (subject to regulatory requirements)
8 Glasroc F firecase

No fixings should be made through the boards into the flanges of the head channel. The arrow ( ) denotes the position of the uppermost board fixing,
which should be made into Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap. Continuous Gyproc FireStrip must be installed as shown to maintain fire performance.

1
To minimise acoustic downgrade, install Isover insulation within the hollow rib void.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P12


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)
Introduction

To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

25
Partitions

150mm
4
C04

1200mm 1200mm

Door frame (maximum 1200mm width) to satisfy BS 5234: Parts 1 & 2: 1992 - Light and Medium Duty (up to 35kg door)

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 5 Timber door frame and architrave
2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 6 Gypframe 'C' Stud to maintain stud module
3 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel 7 Timber sub-frame
4 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel cut and bent to form door head

Advice should be sought from the door manufacturer prior to the construction of these details.

C04. S01. P13 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)

Introduction
To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

26

150mm

Partitions
4

C04
3

2
300mm

1200mm 1200mm

150mm

Door frame (maximum 1200mm width) to satisfy BS 5234: Parts 1 & 2: 1992 - Heavy and Severe Duty (up to 60kg door)

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 5 Timber door frame and architrave
2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 6 Gypframe 'C' Stud to maintain stud module
3 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel to sleeve studs 7 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel cut and bent to extend up studs
4 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel cut and bent to form door head

Advice should be sought from the door manufacturer prior to the construction of these details.

At the base, the channel is cut and bent to extend 300mm up the studs and fixed each side with two British Gypsum Wafer Head Drywall Screws. The
studs each side of the opening are sleeved full height of opening with Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P14


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)
Introduction

To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

27

8
7
Partitions

150mm
4
C04

2
300mm

1200mm 1200mm 1200mm

150mm

Alternative door frame for fixed partition heads only (maximum 1200mm width) to satisfy
BS 5234: Parts 1 & 2: 1992 - Heavy and Severe Duty (up to 60kg door)

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 6 Gypframe 'C' Stud to maintain stud module
2 Gypframe 'C' Stud 7 Gypframe 'C' Studs fixed back to back with
British Gypsum Drywall Screws at 300mm centres staggered
3 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel to sleeve studs
8 Plasterboard infill (same type as lining) cut to fit between studs
4 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel cut and bent to form door head
9 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel cut and bent to extend up studs
5 Timber door frame and architrave

Advice should be sought from the door manufacturer prior to the construction of these details.

At the base, the channel is cut and bent to extend 300mm up the studs and fixed each side with two British Gypsum Wafer Head Drywall Screws.
The studs each side of the opening are sleeved full height of opening with Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel.
The principle of this alternative detail is only suitable for GypWall classic, GypWall robust and GypWall extreme for fixed head situations only.

C04. S01. P15 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)

Introduction
To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

28

3
1

Partitions
150mm
4

C04
5

150mm

Openings 1201 - 3300mm wide, for example double doors or large windows

1 Gypframe 'C' Stud 6 Centre stud required for margin up to 600mm between openings
2 Stud sleeved to full opening height with Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel 7 Partition between openings, minimum 600mm for Gypframe 'C' Studs
3 Gypframe studs (appropriate to system) (minimum 300mm for Gypframe 'I' Studs)

4 Gypframe Extra Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel 8 Maximum distance 2400mm (if exceeds 2400mm contact British Gypsum
Technical Advice Centre)
5 Gypframe stud insert

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P16


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)
Introduction

To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

29 30

Elevation

4
X

Y
Partitions

2
C04

2
Section X - X

1
Fire tested construction in which the damper is supported
3 by the partition (isometric view)

4 31

150mm
6
Section Y - Y

Opening for service penetrations in fire-rated partitions Opening up to 600mm wide for services

1 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 5 Damper (by others). Weight of damper should not exceed 57kg.
2 Gypframe 'C' Stud Size of damper should not exceed 1400 x 1200mm

3 Gypframe Floor & Ceiling Channel 6 Gypframe Folded Edge Standard Floor & Ceiling Channel cut and bent
to form opening head and cill
4 Penetration seal if required (refer to damper manufacturer for details)

C04. S01. P17 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
Standard GypWall construction details (continued)

Introduction
To be read in conjunction with system specific details. Refer to relevant system sections

32

Partitions
5

C04
2

Board layout - typical configuration

33 34

2 6

7 7

Horizontal board joint - double layer Horizontal board joint - single layer

1 Inner layer of Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 5 British Gypsum Drywall Screws
2 Outer layer of Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board 6 Gyproc plasterboard or Glasroc F specialist board
3 Gypframe GFS1 Fixing Strap 7 Gypframe 'C' Stud
4 Gypframe metal framing 8 Gypframe GFT1 Fixing T (alternatively use Gypframe GSF1 Fixing Strap)

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S01. P18


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic

GypWall classic
A highly versatile metal stud partition system

All our systems are covered by SpecSure when using


genuine British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover products
Partitions
C04
GypWall classic
GypWall classic
GypWall classic is the industrys original 30 120
lightweight non-loadbearing drywall partition mins

system, providing cost-effective, multi-purpose


solutions suitable for all types of buildings.
34 63
Key benefits Rw dB

Wide range of performances achievable

Partitions
through a combination of interchangeable
Gyproc plasterboards, Gypframe metal,
System can be skim
Thistle finish plasters and Saint-Gobain Isover finished with
Thistle PureFinish.
insulation

C04
Refer to C02. S01. P49

Optimised acoustic performance for a given


footprint through the use of Gypframe AcouStuds
Quick to install compared to masonry or timber Refer to C01. S01. P07

frame alternatives and allows transformation


of building layouts with minimal disruption
Non-hygroscopic Gypframe metal framework
will not twist, warp or rot
Easy accommodation of services within the
stud cavity due to pre-cut service holes within
the Gypframe metal studs

You may also be interested in...


GypWall rapid dB Plus
Constructing an internal wall within low rise housing? GypWall rapid dB Plus is particularly
suitable for projects where speed of installation and floor area maximisation are key priorities.
Refer to C04. S10. P02.

GypWall robust
Need a higher Duty Rating to BS 5234? GypWall robust provides Severe Duty Rating with a single
layer of board.
Refer to C04. S03. P02.

ShaftWall
Where access is limited to one side only, for example risers, lift shafts, corridors and stair cores,
ShaftWall provides the answer.
Refer to C05. S02. P02.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S02. P02


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance
GypWall classic

For details of when


to specify fire
48mm Gypframe 'C' Studs - single layer board linings resistance using EN
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 1a Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS EN 1364-1: 1999

1 2

One layer of board each side of 48mm One layer of board each side of 48mm
Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 25mm
Linings as in table. Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table.
Partitions

Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
mm mm mm kg/m
Any2 Skim3 Any2 Skim3
C04

finish only finish only

30 minutes fire resistance

1 75 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 2500 34 - Medium 18 A206001 -

1 75 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 2500 34 - Medium 22 H206001 -

1 75 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 2500 37 - Medium 22 A206152 -

2 75 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 2500 40 - Medium 18 A206033 -

2 75 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 2500 40 - Medium 22 H206033 -

2 75 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 2500 43 - Medium 22 A206184 -

1 80 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 2800 36 - Medium 22 A206002 -

1 80 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 2800 39 - Medium 26 A206153 -

2 80 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 2800 42 - Medium 22 A206034 -

2 80 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 2800 44 45 Medium 26 A206185 A206185S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 75 Glasroc F multiboard 1 x 12.5 2500 36 - Severe 25 G106010 -

1 80 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 2800 36 - Heavy 24 A206066 -

1 80 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 2800 39 - Heavy 27 A206299 -

2 80 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 2800 42 - Heavy 24 A206098 -

2 80 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 2800 44 45 Heavy 27 A206300 A206300S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
The maximum heights quoted are limited by the fire state field of application or by limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa, whichever is the more onerous.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

C04. S02. P03 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)

GypWall classic
For details of when
to specify fire
48mm Gypframe 'C' Studs - single layer board linings resistance using BS
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 1b Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS 476: Part 22: 1987

1 2 3

One layer of board each side of 48mm One layer of board each side of 48mm One layer of board each side of 48mm
Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 25mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 50mm
Linings as in table. Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.

Partitions
Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
mm mm mm Any2 Skim3 kg/m Any2 Skim3

C04
finish only finish only

30 minutes fire resistance

1 70 Glasroc F multiboard 1 x 10 2500 35 - Heavy 20 G106006 -

1 75 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 2500 34 - Medium 18 A206001 -

1 75 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 2500 34 - Medium 22 H206001 -

1 75 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 2500 37 - Medium 22 A206152 -

2 75 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 2500 40 - Medium 18 A206033 -

2 75 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 2500 40 - Medium 22 H206033 -

2 75 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 2500 43 - Medium 22 A206184 -

1 80 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 2800 36 - Medium 22 A206002 -

1 80 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 2800 39 - Medium 26 A206153 -

2 80 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 2800 42 - Medium 22 A206034 -

2 80 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 2800 44 45 Medium 26 A206185 A206185S

60 minutes fire resistance

3 70 Glasroc F multiboard 1 x 10 2500 43 - Heavy 20 G106008 -

1 75 Glasroc F multiboard 1 x 12.5 2500 36 - Severe 25 G106010 -

1 80 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 2800 36 - Heavy 24 A206066 -

1 80 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 2800 39 - Heavy 27 A206299 -

2 80 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 2800 42 - Heavy 24 A206098 -

2 80 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 2800 44 45 Heavy 27 A206300 A206300S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
Based on a limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa. Greater heights can be achieved through the use of Gypframe I Studs, or reduced stud centres.
Refer to C04. S01. P05, Table 2.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S02. P04


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)
GypWall classic

For details of when


to specify fire
70mm Gypframe 'C' Studs - single layer board linings resistance using EN
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 2a Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS EN 1364-1: 1999

1 2 3

One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of 70mm One layer of board each side of 70mm
70mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 25mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 50mm
centres. Linings as in table. Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.
Partitions

Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
mm mm mm kg/m
C04

Any2 Skim3 Any2 Skim3


finish only finish only

30 minutes fire resistance

1 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3600 36 - Medium 18 A206013 -

1 97 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 3600 36 - Medium 22 H206013 -

1 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3600 40 - Medium 22 A206164 -

2 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3600 42 - Medium 18 A206045 -

2 97 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 3600 42 - Medium 22 H206045 -

3 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3600 43 - Medium 19 A206138 -

3 97 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 3600 43 - Medium 23 H206138 -

2 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3600 45 - Medium 22 A206196 -

3 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3600 47 - Medium 22 A206228 -

1 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 3800 38 39 Medium 22 A206014 A206014S

1 102 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 3800 42 - Heavy 26 A206165 -

2 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 3800 43 44 Medium 22 A206046 A206046S

3 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 3800 44 45 Medium 22 A206139 A206139S

2 102 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 3800 47 48 Heavy 26 A206197 A206197S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 3800 37 - Heavy 24 A206078 -

1 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 3800 42 - Heavy 27 A206301 -

2 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 3800 43 44 Heavy 24 A206110 A206110S

3 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 3800 44 45 Heavy 24 A206141 A206141S

2 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 3800 47 48 Heavy 27 A206302 A206302S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
The maximum heights quoted are limited by the fire state field of application or by limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa, whichever is the more onerous.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

C04. S02. P05 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)

GypWall classic
For details of when
to specify fire
70mm Gypframe 'C' Studs - single layer board linings resistance using BS
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 2b Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS 476: Part 22: 1987

1 2 3

One layer of board each side of 70mm One layer of board each side of 70mm One layer of board each side of 70mm
Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 25mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 50mm
Linings as in table. Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.

Partitions
Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty rating Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB weight
mm mm mm kg/m

C04
Any2 Skim3 Any32 Skim3
finish only finish only

30 minutes fire resistance

1 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3600 36 - Medium 18 A206013 -

1 97 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 3600 36 - Medium 22 H206013 -

1 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3600 40 - Medium 22 A206164 -

2 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3600 42 - Medium 18 A206045 -

2 97 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 3600 42 - Medium 22 H206045 -

3 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3600 43 - Medium 19 A206138 -

3 97 Glasroc H tilebacker 1 x 12.5 3600 43 - Medium 23 H206138 -

2 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3600 45 - Medium 22 A206196 -

3 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3600 47 - Medium 22 A206228 -

1 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 3800 38 39 Medium 22 A206014 A206014S

1 102 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 3800 42 - Heavy 26 A206165 -

2 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 3800 43 44 Medium 22 A206046 A206046S

3 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 3800 44 45 Medium 22 A206139 A206139S

2 102 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 3800 47 48 Heavy 26 A206197 A206197S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 3800 37 - Heavy 24 A206078 -

1 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 3800 42 - Heavy 27 A206301 -

2 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 3800 43 44 Heavy 24 A206110 A206110S

3 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 3800 44 45 Heavy 24 A206141 A206141S

2 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 3800 47 48 Heavy 27 A206302 A206302S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
Based on a limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa. Greater heights can be achieved through the use of Gypframe I Studs, or reduced stud centres.
Refer to C04. S01. P05, Table 2.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S02. P06


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)
GypWall classic

For details of when


to specify fire
70mm Gypframe AcouStuds - single layer board linings resistance using EN
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 3a Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS EN 1364-1: 1999

1 2 3 4

One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of 70mm One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of
70mm Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds at Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds at 70mm Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds 70mm Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds at
600mm centres. Linings as in table. 600mm centres. 25mm Isover Acoustic at 600mm centres. 50mm 600mm centres. 3 x 25mm
Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.
Partitions

Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
mm mm mm kg/m
Any2 Skim3 Any2 Skim3
C04

finish only finish only

30 minutes fire resistance

1 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3800 41 - Medium 22 A206A164 -

3 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3800 44 - Medium 19 A206A138 -

2 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3800 48 - Medium 22 A206A196 -

3 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3800 49 50 Medium 23 A206A228 A206A228S

1 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 4000 38 39 Medium 22 A206A014 A206A014S

3 102 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 15 4000 42 43 Medium 22 A206A139 A206A139S

4 102 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 50 51 Heavy 26 A206A252 A206A252S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 39 40 Heavy 24 A206A078 A206A078S

1 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 42 - Heavy 27 A206A301 -

2 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 43 44 Heavy 24 A206A110 A206A110S

3 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 44 45 Heavy 24 A206A141 A206A141S

2 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 48 - Heavy 27 A206A302 -

4 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 3000 50 51 Heavy 27 A206A304 A206A304S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
The maximum heights quoted are limited by the fire state field of application or by limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa, whichever is the more onerous.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

C04. S02. P07 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)

GypWall classic
For details of when
to specify fire
70mm Gypframe AcouStuds - single layer board linings resistance using BS
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 3b Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS 476: Part 22: 1987

1 2 3 4

One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of 70mm One layer of board each side of 70mm One layer of board each side of 70mm
70mm Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds at Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds at Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds at Gypframe 70 AS 50 AcouStuds at
600mm centres. Linings as in table. 600mm centres. 25mm 600mm centres. 50mm 600mm centres. 3 x 25mm
Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.

Partitions
Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
mm mm mm kg/m

C04
Any2 Skim3 Any2 Skim3
finish only finish only

30 minutes fire resistance

1 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3800 41 - Medium 22 A206A164 -

3 97 Gyproc WallBoard 1 x 12.5 3800 44 - Medium 19 A206A138 -

2 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3800 48 - Medium 22 A206A196 -

3 97 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 3800 49 50 Medium 23 A206A228 A206A228S

4 102 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 50 51 Heavy 26 A206A252 A206A252S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 39 40 Heavy 24 A206A078 A206A078S

1 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 42 - Heavy 27 A206A301 -

2 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 43 44 Heavy 24 A206A110 A206A110S

3 102 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 44 45 Heavy 24 A206A141 A206A141S

2 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 48 - Heavy 27 A206A302 -

4 102 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 50 51 Heavy 27 A206A304 A206A304S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
Based on a limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa. Greater heights can be achieved through the use of Gypframe I Studs, or reduced stud centres.
Refer to C04. S01. P05, Table 2.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S02. P08


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)
GypWall classic

For details of when


to specify fire
92mm Gypframe 'C' Studs - single layer board linings resistance using EN
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 4a Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS EN 1364-1: 1999

1 2 3

One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of 92mm
Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 25mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 50mm
Linings as in table. Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.

4 5
Partitions

One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of 92mm
Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 3 x 25mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres.
C04

Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) 100mm Isover Modular Roll in the cavity.
in the cavity. Linings as in table. Linings as in table.

Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
mm mm mm kg/m
Any finish2 Skim only3 Any finish2 Skim only3

30 minutes fire resistance

4 119 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 4000 50 51 Medium 23 A206232 A206232S

1 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 44 45 Heavy 27 A206261 A206261S

2 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 49 50 Heavy 27 A206262 A206262S

3 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 50 51 Heavy 27 A206263 A206263S

5 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 51 52 Heavy 27 A206264 A206264S

4 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 52 53 Heavy 27 A206233 A206233S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 40 41 Heavy 25 A206265 A206265S

1 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 44 45 Heavy 27 A206305 A206305S

2 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 44 4


45
4
Heavy 25 A206266 A206266S

5 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 46 48 Heavy 25 A206268 A206268S

2 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 49 50 Heavy 27 A206306 A206306S

3 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 50 51 Heavy 27 A206309 A206309S

5 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 51 52 Heavy 27 A206308 A206308S

4 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 52 53 Heavy 27 A206307 A206307S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
The maximum heights quoted are limited by the fire state field of application or by limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa, whichever is the more onerous.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.
4
Increasing the insulation to 50mm Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) will not improve the system performance.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

C04. S02. P09 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)

GypWall classic
For details of when
to specify fire
92mm Gypframe 'C' Studs - single layer board linings resistance using BS
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 4b Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS 476: Part 22: 1987

1 2 3

One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of 92mm
Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 25mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 50mm
Linings as in table. Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200)
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.

4 5

Partitions
One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of 92mm
Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres. 3 x 25mm Gypframe C Studs at 600mm centres.

C04
Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) 100mm Isover Modular Roll in the cavity.
in the cavity. Linings as in table. Linings as in table.

Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
mm mm mm kg/m
Any finish2 Skim only3 Any finish2 Skim only3

30 minutes fire resistance

4 119 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 12.5 4500 50 51 Medium 23 A206232 A206232S

1 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4700 44 45 Heavy 27 A206261 A206261S

2 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4700 49 50 Heavy 27 A206262 A206262S

3 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4700 50 51 Heavy 27 A206263 A206263S

5 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4700 51 52 Heavy 27 A206264 A206264S

4 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4700 52 53 Heavy 27 A206233 A206233S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4700 40 41 Heavy 25 A206265 A206265S

1 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4700 44 45 Heavy 27 A206305 A206305S

2 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4700 444 454 Heavy 25 A206266 A206266S

5 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4700 46 48 Heavy 25 A206268 A206268S

2 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4700 49 50 Heavy 27 A206306 A206306S

3 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4700 50 51 Heavy 27 A206309 A206309S

5 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4700 51 52 Heavy 27 A206308 A206308S

4 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4700 52 53 Heavy 27 A206307 A206307S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
Based on a limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa. Greater heights can be achieved through the use of Gypframe I Studs, or reduced stud centres.
Refer to C04. S01. P05, Table 2.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.
4
Increasing insulation to 50mm Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) will not improve this system performance.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

For heights between 4200mm and 8000mm, Gypframe Deep Flange Floor & Ceiling Channel should be used at base and at head (subject to deflection
criteria).

0115 945 6123 bgtechnical.enquiries@bpb.com C04. S02. P10


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)
GypWall classic

For details of when


to specify fire
92mm Gypframe AcouStuds - single layer board linings resistance using EN
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 5a Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS EN 1364-1: 1999

1 2 3 4

One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of 92mm
Gypframe AcouStuds at 600mm centres. 92mm Gypframe AcouStuds at 92mm Gypframe AcouStuds at Gypframe AcouStuds at 600mm centres.
Linings as in table. 600mm centres. 25mm 600mm centres. 50mm 100mm Isover Modular Roll in the
Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) cavity. Linings as in table.
in the cavity. Linings as in table. in the cavity. Linings as in table.
Partitions

Refer to GypWall robust and GypWall extreme sections for single layer Severe Duty solutions
Detail Partition Board Lining Max Sound insulation Duty Approx. System reference
thickness type thickness height1 Rw dB rating weight
C04

mm mm mm Any2 Skim3 kg/m Any2 Skim3


finish only finish only

30 minutes fire resistance

1 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 45 46 Heavy 27 A206A281 A206A281S

2 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 50 51 Heavy 27 A206A282 A206A282S

3 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 51 52 Heavy 27 A206A283 A206A283S

4 124 Gyproc SoundBloc 1 x 15 4000 52 54 Heavy 27 A206A284 A206A284S

60 minutes fire resistance

1 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 41 42 Heavy 24 A206A285 A206A285S

2 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 444 454 Heavy 24 A206A286 A206A286S

1 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 45 46 Heavy 27 A206A305 A206A305S

4 124 Gyproc FireLine 1 x 15 4000 46 48 Heavy 24 A206A288 A206A288S

2 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 50 51 Heavy 27 A206A306 A206A306S

3 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 51 52 Heavy 27 A206A309 A206A309S

4 124 Gyproc SoundBloc f 1 x 15 4000 52 54 Heavy 27 A206A308 A206A308S

For further assistance in choosing the right solution for your project, try the White Book System Selector; an online tool that enables quick and
easy filtering by performance criteria. It provides system specific information downloads including BIM (Revit) objects. Go to british-gypsum.com

1
The maximum heights quoted are limited by the fire state field of application or by limiting deflection of L/240 at 200 Pa, whichever is the more onerous.
2
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished using jointing or plaster skim.
3
Sound insulation performance for partitions finished with a 2mm skim finish of Thistle MultiFinish.
4
Increasing insulation to 50mm Isover Acoustic Partition Roll (APR 1200) will not improve this system performance.

The fire resistance and sound insulation performances are for imperforate partitions, walls and ceilings incorporating boards with all joints taped and
filled, or skimmed according to British Gypsums recommendations. The quoted performances are achieved only if British Gypsum and Saint-Gobain Isover
components are used throughout, and the Companys fixing recommendations are strictly observed. Any variation in the specifications should be checked with
British Gypsum.

C04. S02. P11 british-gypsum.com


Back to Contents Page
GypWall classic performance (continued)

GypWall classic
For details of when
to specify fire
92mm Gypframe AcouStuds - single layer board linings resistance using BS
Refer to C02. S01. P05
Table 5b Solutions to satisfy the requirements of BS 476: Part 22: 1987

1 2 3 4

One layer of board each side of 92mm One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of One layer of board each side of 92mm
Gypframe AcouStuds at 600mm centres. 92mm Gypframe AcouStuds at 92mm Gypframe AcouStuds at Gypframe AcouStuds at 600mm centres.
Linings as in table. 600mm centres. 25mm 600mm centres. 50mm 100mm Isover Modular Roll in the